Furuno FS 5070 User Manual To The D4fda90d B542 46d3 89c2 1694d2dcc6c1
User Manual: Furuno FS-5070 to the manual
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 219
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
OPERATOR'S MANUAL SSB RADIOTELEPHONE MODEL FS-1570 FS-2570 FS-5070 www.furuno.co.jp The paper used in this manual is elemental chlorine free. ・FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer 9‑52 Ashihara‑cho, Nishinomiya, 662‑8580, JAPAN Telephone : +81‑(0)798‑65‑2111 Fax : +81‑(0)798‑65‑4200 All rights reserved. Printed in Japan A : NOV . 2006 D : JUL . 10, 2009 Pub. No. OME‑56560‑D (DAMI ) FS‑5070/1570/2570 *00016050113* *00016050113* * 0 0 0 1 6 0 5 0 1 1 3 * IMPORTANT NOTICE General • The operator of this equipment must read and follow the descriptions in this manual. Wrong operation or maintenance can cancel the warranty or cause injury. • Do not copy any part of this manual without written permission from FURUNO. • If this manual is lost or worn, contact your dealer about replacement. • The contents of this manual and equipment specifications can change without notice. • The example screens (or illustrations) shown in this manual can be different from the screens you see on your display. The screens you see depend on your system configuration and equipment settings. • Save this manual for future reference. • Any modification of the equipment (including software) by persons not authorized by FURUNO will cancel the warranty. • All brand and product names are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of their respective holders. How to discard this product Discard this product according to local regulations for the disposal of industrial waste. For disposal in the USA, see the homepage of the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org/) for the correct method of disposal. How to discard a used battery Some FURUNO products have a battery(ies). To see if your product has a battery(ies), see the chapter on Maintenance. Follow the instructions below if a battery(ies) is used. In the European Union The crossed-out trash can symbol indicates that all types of batteries must not be discarded in standard trash, or at a trash site. Take the used batteries to a battery collection site according to your national legislation and the Batteries Directive 2006/66/EU. Cd In the USA The Mobius loop symbol (three chasing arrows) indicates that Ni-Cd and lead-acid rechargeable batteries must be recycled. Take the used batteries to a battery collection site according to local laws. Ni-Cd Pb In the other countries There are no international standards for the battery recycle symbol. The number of symbols can increase when the other countries make their own recycling symbols in the future. i SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The user and installer must read the appropriate safety instructions before attempting to install or operate the equipment. DANGER Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. Warning, Caution Prohibitive Action DANGER Mandatory Action WARNING Never touch the SSB antenna, antenna coupler or lead-in insulator when the SSB radiotelephone is transmitting. Immediately turn off the power at the switchboard if the equipment is emitting smoke or fire. High voltage which will cause death or serious injury is present at the locations shown in the illustration below when the SSB radiotelephone is transmitting. Continued use of the equipment can cause fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO agent for service. Antenna Wire (High Voltage) Antenna Coupler Indoor Antenna Wire Lead-in Insulator (High Voltage) WARNING Do not open the equipment. Only qualified personnel should work inside the equipment. Immediately turn off the power at the switchboard if water leaks into the equipment or something is dropped into the equipment. Continued use of the equipment can cause fire or electrical shock. Contact a FURUNO agent for service. Do not disassemble or modify the equipment. Fire, electrical shock or serious injury can result. Do not place liquid-filled containers on the top of the equipment. Fire or electrical shock can result if a liquid spills into the equipment. Do not operate the equipment with wet hands. Electrical shock can result. Turn off the power immediately if you feel the equipment is behaving abnormally. Turn off the power at the switchboard if the equipment becomes abnormally warm or is emitting odd noises. Contact a FURUNO dealer or agent for advice. Make sure no rain or water splash leaks into the equipment. Fire or electrical shock can result if water leaks in the equipment. Use the proper fuse. Use of the wrong fuse can cause fire or electrical shock. ii WARNING Do not operate the [DISTRESS] button except in case of a life-endangering situation on your vessel. Operating the [DISTRESS] button transmits the distress alert. Accidental transmission may prevent search and rescue operations for actual emergency. If the distress alert is accidentally transmitted, contact the nearest station to cancel the alert. CAUTION If the distress alert is accidentally transmitted, contact the nearest coast station and inform them of the accidental transmission, providing the following data: a) Ship's name b) Ship's call sign and DSC number c) Position at time of transmission d) Time of transmission Do not apply strong pressure to the LCD, which is made of glass. Injury can result if the LCD breaks. WARNING LABEL(S) Do not remove any safety label. If a label is missing or damaged, contact a FURUNO agent or dealer about replacement. DANGER Hazardous voltage. Can shock, burn, or cause death. Do not touch antenna wire, insulator and terminal. Name: Danger Label Type: 05-062-0213-0 Code No.: 100-199-230 ANTENNA COUPLER WARNING To avoid electrical shock, do not remove cover. No user-serviceable parts inside. Name: Warning Label (1) Type: 86-003-1011 Code No.: 100-236-231 TRANSCEIVER UNIT iii DISTRESS ALERT MESSAGE PROCEDURE Below is the procedure for transmitting a distress alert via radiotelephone. Transmit the distress alert when a life-endangering situation occurs on your vessel. 1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button more than four seconds to show the following display, then release the DISTRESS button. Distress button pressed! NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000 N 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5kHz KEEP PRESSED FOR 2S 2. After the distress message has been transmitted, the following displays appear in order. Wait for distress acknowledgement. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2. 4. 6. 8. 12. 16. M DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 2M10S RESENDING Distress acknowledge message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM When distress message is acknowledged by coast station (usually within 1 min to 2 min 45 seconds) NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N DIST: 0nm 123 45.6789E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz TELEPHONE 3. The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. 4. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone as below. Say MAYDAY three times. Say “This is …” name of your vessel and your message sign three times. Give nature of distress and assistance needed. Give description of your vessel (type, number of persons onboard, etc.) and any other information which may aid in rescue. Note: If the distress message is not acknowledged by coast station, it will be transmitted again after 3 min 30 seconds to 4 min 30 seconds. For IC-302 (option) operation 1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button more than four seconds. 2. After the distress message has been transmitted, the length of the beep changes from short to long. 3. Release the DISTRESS button. 4. Do step 4 shown in the Distress Alert Message Procedure above with the radiotelephone. iv CANCELING DISTRESS ALERT You can cancel the distress call while it is being sent or while waiting for its acknowledgement as follows. 1. Press the CANCEL key. When the following message appears, do the following. Distress Proc. is Paused. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N RESUME RESEND CANCEL 123 45.6789E DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 2187.5 kHz 0S 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CANCEL at the screen, and then push the ENTER knob. Warning: Distress Cancel Step NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS:YES 12 34.5678N NO 123 45.6789E DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 2187.5 kHz 0S 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and then push the ENTER knob to show the following screen. Distress Cancellation Proc. Select frequency and push ENTER. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 Back 34.5678N Cancel: to pause menu. 123 45.6789E 2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz The cancellation message is transmitted over the same frequency used to transmit the distress call. Now Transmitting Distress Cancellation Message NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E 2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz v CANCELLING DISTRESS ALERT 4. Communicate, via radiotelephone, with the coast station. Send cancel msg. by voice on 2182.0 kHz. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: Push12 any34.5678N key: Go next step. 123 45.6789E *2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz Asterisk marks the frequency over which the cancellation call was transmitted.. 5. Press any key. If you used other frequencies to send the distress call, cancel distress call on those frequencies by repeating steps 3 to 5. When all cancellation is completed, the RT display appears. vi TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD ...................................................................................................... xii SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS ........................................................................... xiv 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW......................................................................... 1-1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 Controls ..................................................................................................................... 1-1 Turning the Power On/Off .......................................................................................... 1-2 Radiotelephone (RT) Screen ..................................................................................... 1-2 DSC Standby Screen................................................................................................. 1-3 Control Unit Dimmer, Contrast ................................................................................... 1-4 Loudspeaker.............................................................................................................. 1-4 Setting Scan Frequencies.......................................................................................... 1-4 Setting for Auto Acknowledgement ............................................................................ 1-5 System Characteristics .............................................................................................. 1-5 1.9.1 Equipment priority ........................................................................................... 1-5 1.9.2 Controls become inoperative........................................................................... 1-5 1.9.3 Controls become operative.............................................................................. 1-5 1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency ........................................................... 1-6 1.10 Intercom .................................................................................................................... 1-6 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE ............................................................................. 2-1 2.1 Choosing Class of Emission ...................................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Choosing Channel, Frequency .................................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Transmitting............................................................................................................... 2-3 2.3.1 Transmitting procedure.................................................................................... 2-3 2.3.2 Reducing transmitter power............................................................................. 2-4 2.3.3 Condition of the transmitting unit ..................................................................... 2-4 2.4 Receiving................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment....................................................................... 2-5 2.4.2 S-meter ........................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.3 Receiving AM broadcasting stations................................................................ 2-6 2.4.4 Squelch function.............................................................................................. 2-6 2.4.5 Noise blanker .................................................................................................. 2-6 2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails .................................................................................... 2-7 2.6 User Channels........................................................................................................... 2-8 3. DSC OVERVIEW ........................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 What is DSC? ............................................................................................................ 3-1 DSC Message ........................................................................................................... 3-1 Audio Alarms ............................................................................................................. 3-3 Interpreting Call Displays ........................................................................................... 3-4 3.4.1 Receive calls ................................................................................................... 3-4 vii TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.4.2 Send calls ....................................................................................................... 3-5 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS ............................................................................ 4-1 4.1 Sending Distress Alert ............................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified . 4-2 4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified ....... 4-4 4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert.......................................................................................... 4-7 4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band................................................................. 4-7 4.2.2 Distress alert received on HF band ................................................................4-10 4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress............................................4-14 4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station ...........................................................4-14 4.3.2 Sending distress relay to area ships ..............................................................4-18 4.4 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station............................................................4-21 4.5 Cancelling Distress Call ...........................................................................................4-21 5. RoutINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEIVING ............................................... 5-1 5.1 Individual Call............................................................................................................ 5-1 5.1.1 Sending an individual call................................................................................ 5-1 5.1.2 Receiving an individual call ............................................................................. 5-7 5.2 Group Call................................................................................................................5-12 5.2.1 Sending a group call ......................................................................................5-12 5.2.2 Receiving a group call....................................................................................5-14 5.3 Geographical Area Call ............................................................................................5-15 5.3.1 Sending a geographical area call ...................................................................5-16 5.3.2 Receiving a geographical area call ................................................................5-17 5.4 Neutral Craft Call......................................................................................................5-19 5.4.1 Sending a neutral craft call.............................................................................5-19 5.4.2 Receiving a neutral craft call ..........................................................................5-20 5.5 Medical Transport Call..............................................................................................5-21 5.5.1 Sending a medical transport call ....................................................................5-21 5.5.2 Receiving a medical transport call..................................................................5-23 5.6 Receiving a Polling Request.....................................................................................5-24 5.6.1 Automatic reply ..............................................................................................5-24 5.6.3 Manual reply ..................................................................................................5-25 5.7 Position Call .............................................................................................................5-26 5.7.1 Requesting other ship’s position ....................................................................5-26 5.7.2 Position call: other ship requests your position...............................................5-28 5.8 PSTN Call ................................................................................................................5-30 5.8.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) .......................5-30 5.8.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) ......................5-33 5.8.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (ship disconnects line)....................................................................................5-35 5.8.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station disconnects line) ......................................................................5-36 5.9 Log File ....................................................................................................................5-36 5.9.1 Opening a log file...........................................................................................5-36 5.9.2 Deleting log files ............................................................................................5-37 viii TABLE OF CONTENTS 6. MENU OPERATION ...................................................................................... 6-1 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 6.10 6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 Adjusting Handset Volume......................................................................................... 6-1 Noise Blanker ............................................................................................................ 6-2 Squelch Frequency.................................................................................................... 6-2 User Channels........................................................................................................... 6-2 6.4.1 Registering user channels ............................................................................... 6-2 6.4.2 Deleting user channels.................................................................................... 6-4 Preparing TX Message .............................................................................................. 6-4 6.5.1 Preparing individual calls................................................................................. 6-4 6.5.2 Preparing group calls ...................................................................................... 6-7 6.5.3 Preparing PSTN calls ...................................................................................... 6-9 6.5.4 Preparing test call.......................................................................................... 6-10 6.5.5 Sending prepared messages......................................................................... 6-11 6.5.6 Deleting send message................................................................................. 6-11 6.5.7 Printing List of Send Message Files .............................................................. 6-12 Manual Entry of Position and Time .......................................................................... 6-12 Date and Time Setting ............................................................................................. 6-14 Memory Clear .......................................................................................................... 6-14 Setting Alarms ......................................................................................................... 6-16 Sound Setting .......................................................................................................... 6-17 Setting the AUTO ACK Details ................................................................................. 6-18 Printing Messages ................................................................................................... 6-19 Setting Scan Frequencies........................................................................................ 6-20 Key Assignment....................................................................................................... 6-22 Special Messages.................................................................................................... 6-22 FAX Enable/Disable................................................................................................. 6-23 Speaker Setting in Off Hook..................................................................................... 6-23 Operation Timer Off ................................................................................................. 6-23 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW......................................................................... 7-1 7.1 Turning on the NBDP System .................................................................................... 7-1 7.2 Description of Equipment........................................................................................... 7-2 7.2.1 Terminal unit.................................................................................................... 7-2 7.2.2 Keyboard......................................................................................................... 7-3 7.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation................................................................................. 7-4 7.3.1 Menu conventions ........................................................................................... 7-4 7.3.2 Menu overview ................................................................................................ 7-5 7.3.3 Function key description.................................................................................. 7-6 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS................................................................................ 8-1 8.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes................................................................ 8-1 8.1.1 Registering answerback code ......................................................................... 8-1 8.1.2 Registering ID codes ....................................................................................... 8-2 8.2 Station List ................................................................................................................. 8-3 8.2.1 Registering stations......................................................................................... 8-3 8.2.2 Editing/Deleting stations .................................................................................. 8-4 8.3 Timer Programming ................................................................................................... 8-5 8.3.1 Registering timer programs ............................................................................. 8-5 ix TABLE OF CONTENTS 8.3.2 Editing/Deleting timer programs...................................................................... 8-6 8.4 User Channels .......................................................................................................... 8-6 8.4.1 Registering user channels............................................................................... 8-6 8.4.2 Editing/Deleting user channels........................................................................ 8-7 8.5 Scan Channel Groups ............................................................................................... 8-7 8.5.1 Registering scan channel groups .................................................................... 8-7 8.5.2 Editing/Deleting scan channel groups ............................................................. 8-8 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS ........................................................................... 9-1 9.1 Opening and Closing Files ........................................................................................ 9-1 9.2 Creating Files ............................................................................................................ 9-1 9.3 Saving a File ............................................................................................................. 9-2 9.3.1 Formatting floppy disks ................................................................................... 9-2 9.3.2 Saving a file .................................................................................................... 9-3 9.4 Editing Files............................................................................................................... 9-3 9.4.1 Cutting and pasting text .................................................................................. 9-3 9.4.2 Copying and pasting text................................................................................. 9-4 9.4.3 Select all ......................................................................................................... 9-5 9.4.4 Searching text................................................................................................. 9-5 9.4.5 Replacing text ................................................................................................. 9-6 9.4.6 Goto line ......................................................................................................... 9-6 9.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom .................................................................................... 9-6 9.5 Opening Files ............................................................................................................ 9-7 9.5.1 Opening a file.................................................................................................. 9-7 9.5.2 Switching between files................................................................................... 9-7 9.6 Renaming Files ......................................................................................................... 9-7 9.7 Saving a File Under a New Name ............................................................................. 9-8 9.8 Deleting Files ............................................................................................................ 9-8 9.9 Real Time Printing ..................................................................................................... 9-8 9.10 Printing Files ............................................................................................................. 9-8 10. 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING .................................................. 10-1 Manual Calling .........................................................................................................10-1 ARQ Mode Operation...............................................................................................10-3 FEC Mode Operation ...............................................................................................10-5 Choosing Receive Mode ..........................................................................................10-5 Communication Example..........................................................................................10-6 Timer Operation .......................................................................................................10-8 10.6.1 Enabling timer operation ................................................................................10-8 10.6.2 Stopping timer operation ................................................................................10-9 10.7 Scanning ..................................................................................................................10-9 10.8 Communication Buffer ............................................................................................10-10 10.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex................................................................10-10 10.9.1 Automatic telex overview .............................................................................10-10 10.9.2 Preparations ................................................................................................10-11 10.9.3 Commands ..................................................................................................10-12 10.9.4 Store-and-forward method ...........................................................................10-13 10.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile ........................................................................10-17 x TABLE OF CONTENTS 11. 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.7 MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................... 11-1 Radiotelephone Test ................................................................................................ 11-1 Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 11-2 Simple Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 11-3 Error Messages ....................................................................................................... 11-4 Replacement of Fuses............................................................................................. 11-5 Test Call................................................................................................................... 11-6 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance............................................................................ 11-8 11.7.1 Cleaning the equipment ................................................................................ 11-8 11.7.2 Connectors and earth connection.................................................................. 11-8 11.7.3 Floppy disk drive ........................................................................................... 11-8 11.7.4 Diagnostics ................................................................................................... 11-8 APPENDIX ...................................................................................................... AP-1 Menu Tree ...................................................................................................................... AP-1 NBDP terminal unit (telex) ...................................................................................... AP-2 Frequency Tables............................................................................................................ AP-3 Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1) ...................................................................................... AP-17 Parts List....................................................................................................................... AP-22 Parts Location............................................................................................................... AP-26 INDEX............................................................................................................... IN-1 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY xi FOREWORD Thank you for purchasing the FS-1570/2570/5070 SSB Radiotelephone. We are confident you will discover why FURUNO has become synonymous with quality and reliability. Dedicated in the design and manufacture of marine electronics equipment for 60 years, FURUNO Electric Company has gained an unrivaled reputation as a world leader in the industry. This is the result of our technical excellence as well as our worldwide distribution and service network. Please carefully read and follow the safety information and operating and maintenance instructions set forth in this manual before attempting to operate the equipment and conduct any maintenance. Your unit will perform to the utmost of its ability only if it is operated and maintained in accordance with the correct procedures. Features The FS-1570/2570/5070 is an MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone with a built-in DSC/Watch Receiver, all contained in a surprisingly compact cabinet. An NBDP (Narrow Band Direct Printing) Terminal Unit is optionally available. Data is displayed on a large, easy-to-read backlit LCD. Operation is simplified by the use of few keys and easy-to-follow menus. The built-in DSC/watch receiver produces and receives digital selective calls for quick and efficient establishment of distress, urgency, safety and routine communications with other ships and coast stations that install any MF/HF DSC facilities. The main features are General Fully meets the following regulations: IMO A.806(19), IMO A.694(17), IMO A. 813(19), MSC 68(68) Annex 3, IEC 61097-3 Annex A, IEC 61162-1 (2000), IEC 60945 (2002), EN 300 373-1 (2002), ETS 300 067A1(1998), EN 300 338(2004), EN 301 033 (2005), ITU-R M.493-11, M.541-9, M.476-5, M.491-1, M.492-6, M.625-3, M.1173-3. Automatic entry of position with manual override Optional printer can automatically print out DSC and NBDP received messages and test results. SSB • Receiving voice communication, telex and AM. • Facsimile signal receiving • Simplified setting of channel and frequency. xii FOREWORD DSC/watch receiver • Distress, urgency, safety and routine calling • Scanning of DSC frequencies for distress and general calls on MF/HF • File editing capability for readiness in case of emergency • PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) capability standard • Log stores 50 each of latest ordinary, distress and transmitted messages, in separate memory blocks. NBDP (with optional NBDP Terminal Unit IB-583) • Automatic error-free telex communications and distress message in compliance with GMDSS requirements • LCD monitor and keyboard comply with ITU regulations • Pop-up menus for user-friendly operation • Memory for 256 operator-customized channels • Real time message printing with Printer PP-510 Program Number FS-1570/2570/5070 PC board Program No. Ver. No. Remarks MAIN 0550225 01 Main program PANEL 0550222 01 Program for the control display DSP (DSC) 0550207 01 MODEM Program for DSC NBDP 0550208 01 MODEM Program for NBDP Terminal Unit IB-581 (optional unit, for FS-1570/2570 only) PC Board Program No. Ver. No TERMINAL 0550210 1.22 Terminal Unit IB-583 (optional unit) Remarks Program TERMINAL Remarks Program No. 0550209 Ver. No 1.22 About the TFT LCD: The TFT LCD is constructed using the latest LCD techniques, and displays99.99% of its pixels. The remaining 0.01%of the pixels may drop out or blink, however this is not an indication of malfunction. xiii SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS FS-1570 Standard configuration is shown with solid line. DSC DISTRESS SAFETY FREQUENCY # # = 2.6 m PREAMP UNIT whip FAX-5 antenna ANTENNA COUPLER AT-1560-15 LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q EPFS (GNSS) INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC MIF EQUIPMENT CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C CONTROLLER 1 HANDSET HS-2003 PRINTER PP-510 TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-1570T NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-583/IB-581 DISTRESS ALERT UNIT IC-302-DSC INTERFACE IF-8500* * = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer. 24VDC BK INTERFACE BK-300 CONTROLLER 2 CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-300 24VDC 100-115/200-230VAC 1φ, 50/60Hz Exposed to weather Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather Protected from weather Other Units xiv 24VDC HANDSET HS-2003 POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS FS-2570 Standard configuration is shown with solid line. DSC DISTRESS SAFETY FREQUENCY # # = 2.6 m whip antenna PREAMP UNIT FAX-5 EPFS (GNSS) INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC MIF EQUIPMENT DSC ROUTINE FREQUENCY # PREAMP UNIT FAX-5 ANTENNA COUPLER AT-1560-25 LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q W/R BOARD CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C CONTROLLER 1 PRINTER PP-510 TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-2570T NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-583/IB-581 DISTRESS ALERT UNIT IC-302-DSC BK INTERFACE BK-300 HANDSET HS-2003 INTERFACE IF-8500* 24VDC * = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer. DC24V CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C CONTROLLER 2 AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-850A 24VDC HANDSET HS-2003 POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01 100-115/200-230VAC 1φ, 50/60Hz Unit Category Exposed to weather Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather Protected from weather Other Units xv SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONS FS-5070 Standard configuration is shown with solid line. DSC DISTRESS SAFETY FREQUENCY DSC ROUTINE FREQUENCY # # # = 2.6 m PREAMP UNIT PREAMP UNIT whip FAX-5 FAX-5 antenna EPFS (GNSS) INCOMING INDICATOR IC-303-DSC MIF EQUIPMENT ANTENNA COUPLER AT-5000 LOUDSPEAKER SEM-21Q W/R BOARD CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C CONTROLLER 1 PRINTER PP-510 TRANSCEIVER UNIT FS-5070T NBDP TERMINAL UNIT IB-583 DISTRESS ALERT UNIT IC-302-DSC 24VDC BK INTERFACE BK-300 CONTROLLER 2 24VDC Unit Category Exposed to weather Preamp Unit Antenna Coupler Exposed to weather Protected from weather Other Units INTERFACE IF-8500* 100-115/200-230VAC 1φ, 50/60Hz 24VDC * = Required for NBDP Terminal and DSC to share printer. CONTROL UNIT FS-2571C AC/DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT PR-850A xvi HANDSET HS-2003 HANDSET HS-2003 POWER STATUS MONITOR PSM-01 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW 1.1 Controls Description of controls Control PWR/VOL knob DISTRESS button CALL key ENTER knob Function • Turns the power on/off. • Adjusts volume. Press and hold down the button more than four (4) seconds to transmit the distress alert. Transmits DSC messages. Rotate to choose menu items; push to register selection. CANCEL key • • • • • 1/ RT/CH key Switches to the radiotelephone (RT) screen. Press and hold down more than five (5) seconds to set SSB: 2182.0 kHz/J3E. 2/DSC key 3/TEST key 4/IntCom key 5/ ACK/SQ key Composes DSC TX message. Executes daily test and TX self-check. Turns on/off the intercom with other Control Unit FS-2571C. 6/SCAN key • Displays DSC screen. • Starts/stops scanning of DSC routine frequencies, on the DSC standby screen. Cancels wrong data. Restores previous menu. Silences audio alarm. Cancels transmission, printing. Erases error message. DSC: Switches automatic and manual acknowledge alternately. Radiotelephone: Turns squelch on and off. 1-1 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW 7/ key Turns loudspeaker on/off. (Note that this key does not silence the distress or urgency alarm.) 8/PRINT key 9/ key */FILE/CURSOR key Prints communications log files, current screen (except DSC standby screen and radiotelephone screen) and test results. Adjusts panel dimmer and LCD contrast. • Opens the send message file list from the DSC standby screen, to send stored message. • Shifts cursor. 0/LOG/TUNE key • Long press: Tunes antenna in radiotelephone operation. • Momentary press: Displays message logs. #/SETUP key Opens the main menu. ALARM lamp • Flashes in red for distress and urgency messages. • Flashes in green for safety and routine messages. OVEN lamp Lights (in green) when mains switchboard is on. 1.2 Turning the Power On/Off Turn the PWR/VOL knob clockwise at the right-hand side of the control unit to power the system. The RT screen appears. Rotate the PWR/VOL knob counterclockwise to turn the system off. In the dual control unit system, the control unit connected to the CONTROLLER 1 port on the transceiver unit has priority and it controls the power for both the No.1 and No. 2 control units. The power switch of the No. 2 control unit powers on/off the No. 2 control unit only. Note: Turn on power at switchboard more than five minutes before turning on this equipment. 1.3 Radiotelephone (RT) Screen Turn the power on, or press the 1/ RT/CH key to show the radiotelephone screen. This is where you set up the transceiver unit, and communicate by voice or telex. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz DR SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA MMSI xxxxxxxxx POS 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E 10.0A UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 Radiotelephone (RT) screen 1-2 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW Indication CH Tx Meaning Channel TX frequency (Tx: while transmitting) Rx RX frequency Blinks when there are messages not read yet. DR/DS DR: Distress received, DS: Distress sent Speaker on/off SSB/TLX/AM SIMP/SDUP/DUP Class of Emission Communication mode (SIMP: simplex, SDUP: semi-duplex, DUP: full-duplex HIGH/MID/LOW1/LOW2 Output power (LOW2: FS-5070 only, minimum output power) FAST/SLOW/OFF Auto gain control (FAST: high-speed, SLOW: low-speed, OFF: no (AGC) adjustment) NB Noise blanker SQ Squelch SEN Receiving sensitivity S S-meter, displays the strength of received signal. IA/IC/VC/RF Transceiver unit status (IA: antenna current, IC: collector current, VC: collector voltage, RF: PA output) MMSI Own ship’s ID (nine digits) POS Own ship’s position EPFS/MAN Own ship’s position data source EPFS: GPS navigator MAN: manual (See section 6.6.) 1.4 DSC Standby Screen The DSC standby screen may be displayed by pressing the 6/SCAN key. This screen scans and receives the distress and routine frequencies, and sends the acknowledgement for the received message automatically. Acknowledge status (AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK) Shown with nine digits. AUTO ACK WATCH KEEPING MMSI xxxxxxxxx DISTRESS WR1 2187.5 6312.0 4207.5 16804.5 12577.0 8414.5 ROUTINE TRX 2177.0 6331.0 4219.5 8436.5 16903.0 12657.0 35°00.0000N UTC 00:00 135°00.0000E MAN 23:59 Maximum six distress and routine frequencies scanned in clockwise direction, and frequency currently being scanned is highlighted. One cycle is completed in less than two seconds. Position and time. "EPFS" shown when these are input automatically. TRX: transceiver unit WR2: The optional antenna for the routine frequency DSC standby screen 1-3 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW 1.5 Control Unit Dimmer, Contrast You can adjust the dimmer and contrast of the control unit. 1. Press the 9/ key to show the dimmer/contrast adjustment window. DIMMER (1~8) 6 (40~63) 45 CONTRAST EXIT:[CANCEL] 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DIMMER or CONTRAST, whichever you want to adjust, and then push the ENTER knob. CONTRAST (40-63) DIMMER (1-8) 55 6 Dimmer adjustment window Contrast adjustment window 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to adjust and then push the ENTER knob. 4. To quit, push the CANCEL key. 1.6 Loudspeaker The alarm beeps (other than distress communication) can be turned on or off. 1. Press the 7/ key to alternately disable or enable the loudspeaker and the alarm generated for routine messages. SPEAKER ON or SPEAKER OFF appears with each press. 2. Rotate the PWR/VOL knob to adjust volume of loudspeaker (cw: volume up, ccw: volume down). 1.7 Setting Scan Frequencies The DSC screen scans multiple routine frequencies according to operator-set interval. For how to set frequency to scan, see section 6.13. Note that voice and telex communication are not available when scanning. (However, they are available when the system is equipped with the optional watch receiver.) 1. Press the 6/SCAN key to show the DSC screen. Scanning starts. 2. Press the 6/SCAN key again when the desired frequency is chosen to stop the cursor. You can scan only the frequency chosen by cursor. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to move the cursor. 4. Press the 6/SCAN key to restart the scanning. 1-4 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW 1.8 Setting for Auto Acknowledgement Individual, position, polling and test calls can be acknowledged automatically or manually. Press the 5/ACK/SQ key to switch the acknowledge mode between automatic and manual alternately. The message AUTO ACK or MANUAL ACK appears on the DSC standby screen with each press of the key. Note: When own ship’s communication is high priority, set to MANUAL ACK. The auto acknowledgement is not sent in the following cases: • The category of a received message is DISTRESS, URGENCY or SAFETY. • The communication mode is NBDP-FEC, NBDP-ARQ or DATA. • Com Freq is NO INFO. • ECC is NG (No Good). • The handset is off hook. 1.9 System Characteristics 1.9.1 Equipment priority Equipment priority order is as below. 1. Control unit sending distress alert 2. Control unit 1 – routine use 3. Control unit 2 – routine use 4. NBDP 1.9.2 Controls become inoperative Controls become inoperative in the following conditions: • When the other control unit goes OFF HOOK on RT mode in the two control units system. • When the other control unit switches to the DSC mode in the two controls system. • NBDP is scanning or communicating. • Distress alert or distress relay is transmitted. • Call other than distress is transmitted (transmission time about 8 sec.) If it becomes necessary to unlock the keyboard before the message is transmitted, press the CANCEL key to cancel the call. 1.9.3 Controls become operative Controls become operative in the following conditions: • DISTRESS button is pressed. • Control unit having higher priority is operated. 1-5 1. OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW • The other control unit in two controls unit system goes ON HOOK. • NBDP stops scanning or communicating. 1.9.4 Automatic setting of working frequency The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency in the following conditions: • ABLE ACK is sent in response to individual call. • Your ship receives ABLE ACK in response to own ship-initiated individual call. • *Your ship receives ABLE ACK with COM. Frequency automatically changes in response to own ship-initiated individual call. • Your ship sends geographical area call. • Your ship sends distress relay. • Your ship sends distress alert. • *Your ship receives group call. • *Your ship receives geographic area call. • *Your ship receives distress alert. *: When receiving a call with different frequency from the setting, the following window appears. Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW 1.10 Intercom The built-in intercom permits voice communications between two control units. 1. Off hook the handset at the radiotelephone screen. 2. Press the IntCom key to show INTERCOM on the display. The called party’s control unit rings. 3. When the called party picks up their handset, start communications. 4. Hang up the handset to turn the intercom off. The indication INTERCOM disappears from the screen. 1-6 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE You can use the SSB communication in the RT (radiotelephone) mode. Press the RT/CH key to show the RT screen. 2.1 Choosing Class of Emission There are three emission modes, SSB, TLX and AM. •SSB: Single Sideband •TLX: Telex (see chapter 7 to 10.) •AM: AM (You cannot transmit in the AM mode.) At the radiotelephone screen, choose class of emission as follows: 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to highlight the emission mode (default: SSB) and then push the ENTER knob. When rotating the ENTER knob clockwise, the cursor moves from “CH” to downward. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz Emission mode SSB SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ S SEN TLX LA AGC mode 10.0A AM MMSI xxxxxxxxx 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E POS UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose mode desired and then push the ENTER knob. AGC is automatically selected according to emission mode. • SSB : AGC FAST •TLX: AGC OFF •AM: AGC SLOW 3. However, you may change it as below. 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AGC mode and then push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ OFF FAST FAST SEN S FAST SLOW IA MMSI xxxxxxxxx POS 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E 10.0A FAST UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose OFF, SLOW or FAST as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. 2-1 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE 2.2 Choosing Channel, Frequency Choose the channel or transmitting frequency to use for the SSB. This setting can be done both when the handset is on and off hook. Note: To set the SSB radiotelephone to 2182 kHz/J3E, press the RT/CH key more than five seconds. Choosing channel 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CH and then push the ENTER knob. You can show the channel window by pushing also 1/CH key. CH: 200 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA 10.0A MMSI xxxxxxxxx POS 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 2. Channel can be entered directly with the numeric keys, or by using the ENTER knob. See below for details. Entering band and band channel with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to enter band and band channel and then push the ENTER knob. Choosing band and band channel with the ENTER knob: After showing the window, use the FILE/CURSOR key to place the cursor in the band or band channel position, whichever you want to change. 200 200 Cursor position for selection of band channel Cursor position for selection of band 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to set band (or channel) desired. 2 4 6 8 12 16 ITU band Setting Range ITU Band: User Band: ITU Channel: User Channel: 18 22 25 01 02----- 029 User band 2/4/6/8/12/16/18/22/25 001-029 (First zero is necessary) XX01 - XX236 (rendering on band or mode) XXX01 - XXX99 4. Push the ENTER knob. The Tx and Rx frequencies of the channel entered appear. 2-2 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE Choosing frequency 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose Tx or Rx as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 2182.00 kHz SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA 10.0A MMSI xxxxxxxxx 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 2. Enter frequency by one of the methods below. Entering frequency with the numeric keys: Use the numeric keys to enter frequency and then push the ENTER knob. For example, to enter 2161 kHz, key in 2, 1, 6, 1, 0. (Keying in 2-1-6-1 will set 216.1 kHz.) Be sure to include zero for 100 Hz place. Choosing frequency with the ENTER knob (for RX only): 3. Use the FILE/CURSOR key to choose digit to change. 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to set digit. 5. Push the ENTER knob. Note: When Tx and Rx frequencies are different, enter Tx and Rx in that order: Tx: Tx/Rx frequencies Rx: Rx frequency only 2.3 Transmitting After selecting class of emission and frequency, you can transmit by pressing the PTT switch. Tx is shown on the display. 2.3.1 Transmitting procedure Maximum transmission power is achieved only when the antenna impedance and transmitter impedance match each other. Because the antenna impedance changes with frequency, antenna impedance matching with the transmitter impedance is done with the antenna coupler. The antenna coupler automatically tunes the transmitter to a wide range of different antenna lengths, from 7 to 18 (FS-1570/2570) or 10 to 18 (FS-5070) meters. To initiate the automatic tuning, do the following: 1. Press the PTT switch on the handset or the LOG/TUNE key more than one second on the control unit. Tuning is automatically adjusted at first transmission after frequency is changed. “TUNING” appears when the LOG/TUNE key is pressed more than one second; “Tx” pops out when the PTT switch is pressed. Tuning will be completed within 2 to 5 seconds for a newly selected frequency, or less than 0.5 seconds for a once-tuned frequency. When the tuning process is successfully 2-3 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE completed, TUNE: OK appears. If tuning fails, TUNE: NG appears. 2. Hold the handset close to your mouth, press the PTT switch and speak clearly. Note: When tuning is initiated in the two control units system, the display of the idle control unit shows “OCCUPIED(ANOTHER CONTROLLER).” In this case, only the DISTRESS button is operative on the idle control unit. Further, if a control unit is in use when the other control is tuned, the display of the activated control unit shows “OCCUPIED” plus the reason why cannot use: ANOTHER CONTROLLER or NBDP to inform you that tuning is not operated. 2.3.2 Reducing transmitter power To minimize possible interference to other stations, reduce the transmission power. This should be done when using the transceiver in a harbor, near the shore or close to communication partner (other ship). 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose HIGH, MID, LOW (1) or LOW2 (shown on FS-5070) in the equipment states area and then push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz FS-1570 FS-2570 FS-5070 HIGH 150Wpep 250Wpep 500Wpep MID SSB SIMP HIGH HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S MID IA 10.0A LOW1 MMSI xxxxxxxxx 00.0000NLOW2 135 00.0000E POS 35 UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 100Wpep 125Wpep 350Wpep LOW1* 68Wpep 90Wpep 200Wpep LOW2 110Wpep *: For FS-1570/2570, "LOW" (The above figure shows FS-5070.) (Power: ITU401CH) 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a power as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. Note: Power amplifier temperature is monitored, and when its temperature rises above a certain temperature output power is automatically reduced. For FS-5070, when the over current is detected, output power is automatically reduced. 2.3.3 Condition of the transmitting unit While transmitting, you may display RF (PA output), IA (antenna current), IC (collector current) or VC (collector voltage), at the lower left-hand side of the radiotelephone screen. 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RF, IA, IC or VC (whichever is displayed) in the equipment states area, and push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz IA Rx: 2182.00 kHz IC SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SSB VCS SEN S IA RF 10.0A IA MMSI xxxxxxxxx 00.0000N 135 00.0000E POS 35 Equipment states area UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose option desired and then push the ENTER knob. 2-4 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE Checking the transmitting power During transmission, the IA bar deflects according to the current being fed to the antenna feeder from the antenna coupler. The unit of readout is amperes. The antenna current varies with the effective antenna impedance. The reading differs by the frequency and antenna length. The output power is proportional to the square of an antenna current. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA 2.1A Antenna Current MMSI xxxxxxxxx POS 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E 2.4 UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 Receiving Check if the emission mode and receiving frequency are set properly. If necessary, set them again referring to section 2.1 and 2.2. 2.4.1 RF gain (sensitivity) adjustment In normal use the sensitivity should be set for maximum. If the audio on the received channel is unclear or interfered with other signals, adjust (usually reduce) sensitivity to improve clarity. 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SEN in the equipment states area and then push the ENTER knob. SEN 2. Rotate the ENTER to adjust and then push the ENTER knob. 2.4.2 S-meter The S-meter shows relative signal strength coming into the receiver front end. Note that the S-meter does not function when the AGC is turned off. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz Equipment states area SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA MMSI xxxxxxxxx 00.0000N 135 00.0000E POS 35 10.0A S-meter UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 2-5 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE 2.4.3 Receiving AM broadcasting stations 1. Press the RT key to show the radiotelephone screen. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose emission mode and then push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz Emission mode SSB SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ S SEN TLX LA AGC mode 10.0A AM MMSI xxxxxxxxx 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AM and then push the ENTER knob. 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose Rx and then push the ENTER knob. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 2182.00 kHz SSB SIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S IA 10.0A MMSI xxxxxxxxx POS 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E UTC 00:00 EPFS 23:59 5. Key in RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 2.4.4 Squelch function Squelch on/off The squelch mutes the audio output in the absence of an incoming signal. Press the ACK/SQ key to turn on and off the squelch alternately. When radio noise is too jarring during stand-by condition, it may be muted by activating the squelch. “SQ” in the equipment states area is hatched when the squelch function is active. Squelch frequency To adjust the squelch frequency, see section 6.3. 2.4.5 Noise blanker The noise blanker functions to remove pulse noise. To turn it on or off, see section 6.2. 2-6 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE 2.5 When Automatic Tuning Fails The antenna coupler automatically tunes a wire or whip antenna transceiver. When all frequencies cannot be tuned, TUNE: OK will not appear on the display. In this case, you can tune 2182 kHz by manually operating the coupler as shown below. DANGER HIGH TENSION HAZARD DO NOT TRANSMIT WHEN THE ANTENNA COUPLER IS OPEN. 1. Turn off the control unit. Remove the cover of the antenna coupler. 2. Set the MANUAL-AUTO switch to the MANUAL position. COUPLER BOARD MANUAL AUTO 3. Replace the cover. 4. Turn on the control unit. 5. Communicate using 2182 kHz. 2-7 2. SSB RADIOTELEPHONE 2.6 User Channels The USER CH menu provides for registration of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by the Authorities. The user channel in the System setup menu must be enabled in order to register user channels. For further details, contact your dealer. See section 6.4 to register. NOTICE FURUNO will assume no responsibility for the disturbance caused by the unlawful or improper setting of user channels. 2-8 3. DSC OVERVIEW 3.1 What is DSC? DSC is an acronym meaning Digital Selective Calling. It is a digital distress and general calling system in the MF and HF bands used by ships for transmitting distress alerts and general calls and by coast stations for transmitting the associated acknowledgements. For DSC distress and safety calling in the MF and HF bands, the frequencies are 2187.5, 4207.5, 6312.0, 8414.5, 12577.0, and 16804.5 kHz. The DSC station sends and receives DSC general and distress calls via the radiotelephone. Distress Frequency Routine DSC Call Routine DSC Calls Option 3.2 TRANSCEIVER UNIT CONTROL UNIT DSC Message DSC calls are roughly divided in two groups: distress, urgency and safety messages, and routine messages. Below are the types of DSC messages. Call Description Distress Alerts Your ship sends distress message Distress relay area Your ship relays distress call to all ships in a specific geographical area Distress relay coast Your ship relays distress call to a coast station Medical Transport Inform areas that your ship is carrying medical supplies* Neutral Craft Inform areas that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict* Individual Call to a specific address PSTN message Call over Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) Test message Send test signal to a station to test your station’s functionality Group message Call to a specific group Area message Call to all ships in a specific geographical area Position Your ship requests position of other ships Polling message Confirm if own ship is within communicating range with other ships. (Receive and answer only) *Special Message: When sending these messages, set the acknowledgement. See section 6.15. 3-1 3. DSC OVERVIEW Contents of a DSC call Calling category Call category Call DISTRESS Distress Alerts, Distress relay area, Distress relay coast GENERAL Individual, PSTN message, Test message, Group message, Area message, Position, Medical Transport, Nautical Craft, Polling message Station ID Own ship ID and sending station ID. Coast station ID begins with 00; Group ID begins with 0. Priority Distress: Urgency: Safety: Routine: Grave and imminent danger and request immediate assistance. A calling station has a very urgent call to transmit concerning safety of ship, aircraft or other vehicle or safety of person. A station is about to transmit a call containing an important navigational or meteorological warning. General calling Communication type Telephone: Telephone (J3E) by SSB radiotelephone NBDP-ARQ: Telex (J2B) mode ARQ via NBDP Terminal Unit NBDP-FEC: Telex (J2B) mode FEC via NBDP Terminal Unit DATA: Data communication by SSB (Routine individual only) Communication frequency Working frequency used to call by telephone, NBDP or DATA. The sending station may have the receiving frequency (ship or coast station) assign the frequency to use. Position Position can be automatically or manually sent. DSC frequency DSC frequency to use. If the call priority is SAFETY, URGENCY and DISTRESS, choose a DSC distress frequency. End code The end of a DSC call is denoted by RQ (Acknowledgement required), BQ (Acknowledgement) or EOS (no acknowledgement required). 3-2 3. DSC OVERVIEW 3.3 Audio Alarms When you receive a distress alert or routine call addressed to your ship, the audio and visual alarms are released. For the distress or urgency call, the audio alarm sounds until the CANCEL key is pressed, and sounds for one minute and then automatically goes off in case of other calls. The tone of the alarm changes with the call received. By becoming accustomed to the tone, you can know which type of call you or other party have received. Alarm Frequency (interval) Safety call received 150 Hz (1000 ms) and 100 Hz (500 ms) Routine call received 150 Hz (1000 ms) and 100 Hz (500 ms) While DISTRESS button is pressed for four s 2000 Hz and 0 Hz (500 ms) Distress alert sent 2200 Hz, continuous (2 seconds) Own ship position not updated 2000 Hz (250 ms) and 0 Hz (500 ms) Distress alert call received 2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms) Distress relay call received 2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms) Distress relay ack call received 2200 Hz and 1300 Hz (250 ms) Distress ack call received 2200 Hz (500 ms) and 1300 Hz (500 ms) Urgency call received 2200 Hz and 0 Hz (250 ms) Urgency ack call received 2200 Hz and 0 Hz (500 ms) 3-3 3. DSC OVERVIEW 3.4 Interpreting Call Displays This paragraph provides the information necessary for interpreting receive and send call displays. 3.4.1 Receive calls Below are sample distress and individual receive calls. The content of other types of receive calls is similar to that of the individual call. Distress receive call Date and time of message * Received message * MAR-11-2006-23:59 DISTRESS ALERT SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.5678N DIST: 5546nm 123°45.6789E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz 10M10S TELEPHONE ANSWER GO TO VIEW Push ENTER knob to switch. Call type ID No. of ship in distress Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding, Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disabled, Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard) Position of ship in distress Working frequency to use and communication type View message DISTRESS COORDINATES: 12°34.5678N 123°45.5678E AT 12:34 COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED ERROR-CHECK: OK DSC FREQ : 2187.5KHZ PREV Distress coordinates (position of ship in distress) Telecommand (class of emission) Acknowledge type Error check (OK or NG) DSC frequency used to transmit distress call BACK TO RECEIVED VIEW Rotate ENTER knob to switch. * View message DISTRESS ALERT SENDER-ID : 123456789 Format (distress) ID No. of ship in distress NATURE OF DISTRESS: UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS Nature of distress (problem with ship in distress, see above) NEXT 3-4 3. DSC OVERVIEW Individual receive call * Received message * Date and time of message Message type (or the reason when the message is not received) ID No. of sending station Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency) Working frequency to use Communication type MAR-11-2006-23:59 INDIVIDUAL REQUEST SENDER ID: 123456789 PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2222.2 kHz RX: 2222.2 kHz TELEPHONE 10M10S ANSWER GO TO VIEW Note: ANSWER is for replying to message. Push ENTER knob to switch. View message COMM FREQUENCY TX: 2222.2 kHz RX: 2222.2 kHz ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED ERROR-CHECK: OK DSC FREQUENCY PREV TX: 2177.0KHZ RX: 2177.0KHZ Working frequency to use Error check (OK or NG) DSC frequency used BACK TO RECEIVED VIEW Rotate ENTER knob to switch. View message INDIVIDUAL REQUEST DESTINATION ID : 111111111 PRIORITY : ROUTINE SENDER-ID : 123456789 COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE COMM OPTION : NO INFORMATION Format (individual) ID No. of your station Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency) ID No. of sending station Communication type Communication option NEXT 3.4.2 Send calls Below are sample distress and individual send calls. The content of other types of send calls is similar to that of the individual call. Distress send call Distress button pressed! NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 2182.0 kHz DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz KEEP PRESSED FOR 2S Nature of Distress (Undesignated, Fire, Flooding, Collision, Grounding, Listing, Sinking, Disabled, Abandoning, Piracy, Man Overboard) Position of ship in distress (your ship) Working frequency to use and communication type DSC frequency to send distress call Seconds to continue pressing the DISTRESS button to transmit the distress alert. 3-5 3. DSC OVERVIEW Individual send call Compose msg. MSG TYPE: STATION ID: PRIORITY COMM. MODE COMM. FREQ DSC FREQ INDIVIDUAL 123456789 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : 2078.0kHz : 2M-INTL Message type (Individual) ID No. of station where message is to be sent Priority (Routine, Safety, Urgency) Mode of communication (Telephone, NBDP-ARQ, NBDP-FEC, Data) Working frequency DSC frequency GO TO VIEW Push ENTER knob to switch. View message COMM FREQUENCY TX: 2222.2 kHz RX: 2222.2kHz ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 KHZ RX: 2177.0 KHZ PREV Working frequency Acknowledge type DSC frequency used BACK TO COMPOSE VIEW Rotate ENTER knob to switch. View message INDIVIDUAL REQUEST DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY : ROUTINE SELF-IDENTITY : 111111111 COMMUNICATION MODE: TELEPHONE COMM OPTION : NO INFORMATION NEXT 3-6 Message type ID No. of station where message is to be sent Priority ID No. of your station Communication mode Communication option 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS Distress operation overview 1. Press the DISTRESS button. 2. Wait for the distress alert acknowledgement. 3. Communicate with the coast station. (1) (2) Own Ship (3) (1) Ship in Distress (2) (3) Coast Station (Own Ship) (1) Ship in distress sends Distress Alert (2) Coast station sends distress acknowledgement (DIST ACK). (3) Voice or telex communications between ship in distress and coast station For details, see below. 4.1 Sending Distress Alert GMDSS ships carry a DSC terminal with which to transmit the distress alert in the event of a life-endangering situation. A coast station receives the distress alert and sends the distress alert acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Then, voice or telex communications between the ship in distress and coast station begins. Transmission of the distress alert and receiving of the distress alert acknowledgement are completely automatic – simply press the DISTRESS button to initiate the sequence. Note that the distress can also be transmitted from the Distress Alert Unit IC-302. There are four types of sending distress alert; MULTI, AUTO, SELECT and 2-16MHz. MULTI is used normally. When changing to other method, see step 15 on paragraph 4.1.2. 4-1 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.1.1 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress not specified 1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press and hold down the DISTRESS button more than four seconds. The button flashes in red and the buzzer sounds rapidly. The display shows the contents of the distress alert call: your ship’s nature of distress, position, time and the DSC frequency over which the alert has been transmitted. The number of seconds to continue pressing the DISTRESS button appear at the bottom of the display. The buzzer sounds continuously and the lamp in the button lights when the button has been pressed four seconds. You can release the button at that time. Distress button pressed! Nature of Distress Position, Time DSC Frequency used to transmit the distress alert NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000 N 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5kHz KEEP PRESSED FOR 2S Displays number of seconds to continue pressing the DISTRESS button to transmit the distress alert. The display changes as below. It takes about 40 to 60 seconds to transmit the distress alert, and the number of seconds until transmission is completed is shown at the bottom of the display. At this time the output power of the radiotelephone is Distress alert automatically set to maximum. message in progress! NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz 2187.5 kHz TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 38S Time to go until distress alert is completely transmitted. After the distress alert has been sent, the display changes as below and the audio alarm is stopped. Wait to receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes 1 to 2 min 45 seconds. (The DISTRESS button remains lit until the equipment receives the distress acknowledge call from a coast station.) When waiting the distress acknowledge, the timer counts down the number of minutes before next retransmission, from 3.5 to 4.5 minutes, randomly set. 4-2 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS At this time, the equipment cannot receive any calls except the distress alert acknowledge call. The distress alert you sent is recorded in the TX log. Wait for distress acknowledgement. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz TIME TO GO: 2M10S RESENDING When the distress acknowledge call is received, the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below. Distress acknowledge message received. FROM COAST: 001234567 CANCEL: STOP ALARM SHIP IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N DIST: 0 nm 123°45.0000E TELEPHONE AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz Note: If you do not receive the distress alert acknowledge call, the equipment automatically re-transmits the distress alert and then awaits the distress alert acknowledge call. This is repeated until the distress alert is acknowledged. 2. Silence the alarm with the CANCEL key when the distress acknowledge call is received. The contents of the distress acknowledge call appear. Received message MAR-11-2006-23:59 DISTRESS ACKNOWLEDGE SENDER ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N DIST : 5nm 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 10M10S TELEPHONE 2182.0 kHz GO TO VIEW Elapsed time after receiving (Max. "60M00S" For over 60 minutes, nothing appears. ) 3. Communicate with the coast station via radiotelephone, following the instructions below. The radiotelephone automatically sets working frequency and class of emission, as specified in the distress acknowledge call. a) b) c) d) Say MAYDAY three times. Say “This is … “ name of your vessel and call sign three times. Give nature of distress and assistance needed. Give description of your vessel (type, color, number of persons onboard, etc.). 4-3 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.1.2 Sending distress alert by DISTRESS button, nature of distress specified If you have the time to designate the nature of distress, send the distress alert as follows: 1. Open the DISTRESS button cover and press the DISTRESS button momentarily to show the following display. MSG TYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED FIRE NATURE FLOODING : 987654321 POS. COLLISION :Undesignated GROUNDING COMMTYPE : LISTING DSC FREQ : Rotate ENTER knob to scroll. Compose msg. SINKING DISABLED ABANDONING PIRACY MAN OVERBOARD 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu. This is where you enter your position, automatically or manually. The INPUT TYPE option, that is, the source of position data, is selected to EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO. For EPFS, if the position is correct, push the ENTER knob twice and go to step 12. For manual input, or you do not know your position, go to step 4. INPUT TYPE: EPFS LAT : 34° 41.1234 N LON : 135° 30.1234 E TIME: 09: 00 UTC Note: If the message “No Position Data” appears when you change INPUT TYPE from MANUAL to EPFS, confirm that the navigation device is functioning and then choose EPFS again. 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu. INPUT TYPE: AUTO EPFS LAT : 34° 41 NORTH MANUAL LON : 135° 30 EAST NO INFO TIME: 09: 00 UTC 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob to go to step 6. If you cannot confirm your position, choose NO INFO, push the ENTER knob twice and then go to step 10. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the latitude input window. 7. Use the numeric keys to enter latitude (in eight digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: 1 key to switch to North; 2 key to switch to South.) Push the ENTER knob. INPUT TYPE: MANUAL NORTH 34LAT 41 : 34° 4134 ° 00.0000 N 12 LON : 135° 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC 4-4 35 °00.0000 N 12 After last digit is entered NORTH: [1] KEY SOUTH: [2] KEY 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the longitude input window. 9. Use the numeric keys to enter longitude (in nine digits). (If necessary, switch coordinates: 1 key to switch to East; 2 key to switch to West.) Push the ENTER knob. INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT 35°4100NORTH NORTH LAT: : 34 LON ° 135 30 LON : 135 : 135˚ 30 EAST 30.0000 E 12°EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC 135 12°00.0000 E After last digit is entered EAST: [1] KEY WEST: [2] KEY 10. Push the ENTER knob to open the time input window. INPUT TYPE: MANUAL LAT : 35 00 NORTH : °34 41 NORTH LON : 135 ° 00 EAST LON : 135˚ 30 EAST TIME 09: : 12 09: 00 UTC TIME: 00: 34 UTC 11. Key in UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time. 12. The COMPOSE MESSAGE screen is redisplayed. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: DISTRESS NATURE: FLOODING POS: 35°00.00TELEPHONE N 135 00E A NBDP-FEC COMM MODE: TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 13. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. (Telephone is the usual mode, however NBDP may also be used.) 14. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. message AUTO ** ComposeDISTRESS ** MULTI MSG TYPE: SELECT NATURE: FLOSIGNATED 2187.5 POS: 35°00.00N4207.5 135 00E AT 6312.0 COMM MODE: TELEPHONE 8414.5 DSC FREQ : 12577.0 2187.5 KHZ 16804.5 GO TO ALL VIEW * 2MHZ * 4MHZ * 6MHZ * 8MHZ *12MHZ *16MHZ EXIT Each pressing of ENTER key shows/hides asterisk (marked for chosen frequencies). 15. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a DSC frequency mode, and push the ENTER knob. MULTI: Transmits the distress alert on 2MHz, 4 MHz, 6 MHz, 8MHz, 12 MHz and 16 MHz in that order in a transmission, then waits for acknowledgement. AUTO: Transmits the distress alert on 2 MHz at first time (40 to 60 seconds). If the distress alert is not acknowledged, the following sequence occurs: 2nd: 8 MHz, 3rd: 16 MHz, 4th: 4 MHz, 5th: 12 MHz and 6th: 6 MHz SELECT: You can transmit on the distress frequencies of your choice. The minimum number is three and 2 MHz and 8 MHz are mandatory; they cannot be deselected. 2187.5 to 16804.5: Transmits the distress alert on the frequency chosen five times. 4-5 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS The display changes as below (example). Compose msg. MSG TYPE : DISTRESS NATURE : FLOODING POS: 35°00.0000N AT 12:34 135°00.0000E COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 16. Press the DISTRESS button more than four seconds to send the distress alert. Distress alert message in progress! NATURE: FLOODING POS: 35°00.0000N 135°00.0000E TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 38S AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz 2187.5 kHz 17. When the distress acknowledge call is received, use the telephone or telex to communicate. For telephone, follow step 3 on page 4-3. For NBDP, follow the procedure below. Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. Station List DSC ABC-6M ABC-12M ABC-8M FURUNO Call Station Station Set up Station ID Code Mode Tx Freq Rx Freq : : : : : DSC ARQ FEC 2174.50 2174.50 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key to connect the communications line. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message, giving the following information: • Ship’s name and call sign • Nature of distress and assistance needed • Description of your vessel 6. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line. For NBDP details, see Chapters 7 through 10. 4-6 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.2 Receiving a Distress Alert When you receive a distress alert from a ship in distress, the audio alarm sounds and the message “Distress alert message received.” Appears on the display. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge call from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station, which usually takes about five minutes from the time of reception of a distress alert, follow the appropriate flow chart in this section to determine your course of action. Note 1: An asterisk (*) appearing in a distress alert message indicates error at asterisk location. Note 2: If the DISTRESS/URGENT RECEIVING UNIT IC-303 is connected, the aural alarm sounds and the IC-303’s alarm lamp lights in red when a distress alert is received. To silence the aural alarm, press the ALARM RESET key. 4.2.1 Distress alert received on MF band Do the following: • Continue watching on 2182 kHz. Wait for coast station to acknowledge the distress call. Watch until “SEELONCE FINI” is announced. • If multiple DSC distress alerts are received from the same ship in distress and it is beyond a doubt in your vicinity, a DSC acknowledgement may, after consultation with an RCC or Coast Station, be sent to terminate the call by DSC. 4-7 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS Action for ship receiving distress alert on MF band DSC Distress alert received. Press CANCEL key to silence alarm. Listen on 2182 kHz for 5 minutes. Did you receive acknowledge from CS and/or RCC? No Is distress traffic in progress? No Yes Yes CS = Coast Station RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center Enter details in log. 4-8 Is own vessel able to aid ship in distress? Is the DSC distress call continuing? No Yes Yes Acknowledge the alert by radiotelphony to the ship in distress on 2182 kHz. No Inform CS and/or RCC. 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS Sending the distress acknowledge call to ship in distress (on MF band) Note: You cannot send the distress acknowledge call for five minutes because of receiving the distress acknowledgement from the coast station. Transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress only when you do not receive it from a coast station and you are able to aid the ship in distress. First, transmit the distress acknowledge to the ship in distress by telephone. To terminate transmission of the distress alert, send acknowledge call as follows. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Distress alert message received.” When your ship receives a distress alert. Distress alert message received. DISTRESS CALL 123456789 SHIP IN DIST: CANCEL: STOP ALARM NATURE: UNDESIGNATED 123°4500E TELEPHONE 10 seconds Distress alert message received. PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY. AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm and the display changes as below. * Received message * JAN-23-2006-23:59 State of Waiting For Acknowledge. PUSH ANY KEY. DISTRESS ALERT Press any key. SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.000N DIST: 43nm 123 45.000E AT 12:34 2182.0 kHz 10M10S TELEPHONE ANSWER GO TO VIEW 2. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge call from a coast station and you have received the distress alert more than twice, contact the ship in distress over radiotelephone. 3. If the distress alert continues, terminate the alert by rotating the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER, push the ENTER knob and then go to step 4 to send the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress. 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE RELAY COAST RELAY AREA COAST SHIP IDACKNOWLEDGE IN DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4-9 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ACKNOWLEDGE and then push the ENTER knob. The following display appears. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : DISTRESS ACK SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789 DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz Compose msg. Ack should be By Coast MSG TYPE Station : DISTRESS ACK CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789 DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW GO TO VIEW 6. Press the CALL key for three seconds. The message “Priority distress transmit sure?” appears. Continue to press the key until the message “Distress acknowledge message in progress.” Appears, to transmit the distress acknowledge call to the ship in distress. Distress acknowledge message in progress! Priority distress transmit sure? SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S 4.2.2 CALL key pressed 3 seconds DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ TIME TO GO: 4S Distress alert received on HF band If you receive a distress alert on the HF band, the ALARM lamp lights and the audio alarm sounds. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm. Wait for the distress acknowledge from a coast station. If you do not receive the distress acknowledge within five minutes, follow the instructions below to determine your course of action. • Watch on the distress frequency. • Relay the distress alert in the following cases: - You have not received a distress acknowledge call from a coast station within five minutes after receiving a distress call. - You have not received a distress relay from other ship. - You cannot receive distress communications from other ship over radiotelephone. - If it is clear the ship or persons in distress are not in the vicinity and/or other crafts are better placed to assist, superfluous communications which could interfere with search and rescue activities should be avoided. Details should be recorded in the appropriate log book. - The ship relaying the distress alert should establish communications with the station controlling the distress as directed and render such assistance as required and appropriate. 4-10 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS When receiving a DSC message, the following message may appear. Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW Action for ships receiving distress alert on HF band DSC Distress alert received. HF DSC, RTF AND NBDP CHANNELS (kHz) Press CANCEL key to silence alarm. Listen to associated RTF or NBDP channel(s) for 5 minutes. Is the alert acknowledged or relayed by CS and or RCC? DSC RTF* NBDP 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5 4125 6215 8291 12290 16420 4177.5 6268 8376.5 12520 16695 * = Radiotelephone Is distress commuTransmit distress nication in progress relay on HF to CS No on associated RTF No and inform RCC. channels? Yes Yes Is own vessel able to assist? Yes Contact RCC via most efficient medium to offer assistance. No CS = Coast Station RCC = Rescue Co-ordination Center Enter details in log. 4-11 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS Sending the distress relay to coast station (on HF band) The audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below when a distress call is received. Distress alert message DISTRESS CALL received! 123456789 SHIP ID IN DIST: CANCEL: STOP ALARM NATURE: UNDESIGNATED 12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm POS: 123 45.0000E TELEPHONE AT 12:34 8291.0 kHz 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below. * Received message * JAN-23-2006-23:59 DISTRESS ALERT SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm 123 45.0000E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.0 kHz 10M10S GO TO VIEW ANSWER 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : INDVIDUAL RELAY COAST SHIP COAST RELAY AREA SHIP ID IN DIST: 987654321 DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4. If you know the ID of the nearest coast station, choose RELAY COAST and then push the ENTER knob. 5. Push ENTER knob and key in ID of coast station where to send the distress relay and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : RELAY COAST COAST ID: 00******* SHIP ID IN DIST: 8414.5 kHz DSC FREQ : GO GOTO TOEASY VIEWVIEW 4-12 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ. Menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY 2187.5ALL COAST SHIP4207.5 COAST ID: 6312.0 8414.5 SHIP ID IN DIST: 12577.0 16804.5 DSC FREQ KHZ GOTO TOVIEW EASY VIEW GO 7. Choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. You should first choose 8414.5 kHz. 8. Press the CALL key, and the display changes as shown below. Priority distress transmit sure? COAST ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S Distress relay coast message in progress! CALL key pressed 3 seconds. DESTINATION ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 8414.5 kHz 5S Timer counts down time until the message is transmitted. (See note below.) Wait for distress relay acknowledge. DESTINATION ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz TIME TO GO : 3M50S RESENDING Note: If a coast station acknowledges the call before the timer counts down to zero, press the CANCEL key to cancel the distress relay call. After the call is transmitted, the message “Wait for distress relay acknowledge.” Appears. After you have received the distress acknowledgement from the coast station, communicate with the coast station by telephone, over the frequency specified. If you do not receive the distress acknowledgement from a coast station after the timer counts down to zero, choose RESEND and press the ENTER knob to transmit the distress relay again, over a different frequency. 4-13 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.3 Sending Distress Relay on Behalf of a Ship in Distress 4.3.1 Sending distress relay to coast station You may send the distress relay to a coast station on behalf of a ship in distress in the following cases: You are near the ship in distress and the ship in distress cannot transmit the distress alert. When the master or person responsible for your ship considers that further assistance is necessary. Note: In the above cases, never use the DISTRESS button. 1. Press the DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RELAY COAST and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID window. MANUAL SELECT 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. When you choose SELECT, a list of file names and ID numbers stored at MESSAGE menu appears (For details, see Chapter 6.) In this case you can choose a file name with ID number desired, and then push the ENTER knob and then go to step 6. When choosing MANUAL, go to step 5. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST COAST ID SHIP ID IN D 00******* NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: NO INFORMATION COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ. : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 5. Key in COAST ID with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 4-14 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the SHIP ID IN DIST window. Compose msg. RELAY COAST MSG TYPE: : --------COAST ID: SELECT SHIP ID IN DISTMANUAL NATURE : UNDESIGNATED : NO INFORMATION POS.: COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 7. Choose MANUAL or SELECT, and then push the ENTER knob. When you choose SELECT, a list of file names and ID numbers stored at MESSAGE menu appears. Go to step 9. When choosing MANUAL, you can choose a file name with ID number desired, and go to step 8. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST COAST ID SHIP ID IN D ********* NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: NO INFORMATION COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ. : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 8. Key in ship’s ID in distress with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. If you do not know ID, press the CANCEL key. 9. Push the ENTER knob to open the NATURE menu. Rotate ENTER knob to scroll. Compose msg. MSG MYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED COAST ID FIRE SHIP IDFLOODING IN DIST: 987654321 COLLISION NATURE :Undesignated GROUNDING POS: ION. LISTING COMMMYPE : : DSC FREQ SINKING DISABLED ABANDONING PIRACY MAN OVERBOARD 10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob. If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED. 11. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu. Compose msg MSGLL TYPE : ALL SHIPS INPUT TYPE: EPFS COAST ID DISTRESS RELAY LAT : DIST 34°45.0000 N SHIP ID IN : 987654321 LON :: 135°22.0000 E NATURE UNDESIGNATE TIME: 10:00 UTC POS: COM. TYPE : DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4-15 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 12. Enter position of ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below. 1) For automatic input, push the ENTER knob and choose EPFS. Then push ENTER knob and go to step 13. 2) For manual input, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and longitude of ship in distress and time as follows: a) Push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and then push the ENTER knob. b) Push the ENTER knob. Enter longitude and then push the ENTER knob. c) Push the ENTER knob. Enter UTC time and then push the ENTER knob. Go to step 13. Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time. 3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose NO INFO and then push the ENTER knob twice. Go to step 13. 13. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY COAST COAST ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789 NATURE : UNDESIGNATED TELEPHONE °22E AT 10:00 POS: 34°45N 135 COMM MODE NBDP-FEC : 8414.5 kHz DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW 14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE and then push the ENTER knob. (NBDP-FEC may also be used.) 15. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY 2187.5ALL COAST ID : 4207.5 SHIP ID IN DI 6312.0 NATURE: UN 8414.5 POS COM.M 12577.0 16804.5 DSC FREQ kHz GO TO EASY GO TO VIEW VIEW 16. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC (NBDP) frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The display now looks something like the one below in case of radiotelephone. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : RELAY COAST COAST ID : 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: NO INFO NATURE : SINKING POS : 34°45.0000N 135°22.0000EAT 10:00 COM. MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4-16 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 17. Press the CALL key for three seconds, and the message “Priority distress transmit sure?” appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay coast message in progress!” to send the distress relay call. Priority distress transmit sure? Distress relay coast message in progress! COAST ID : 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO NATURE : SINKING : 34°45.0000 N POS 135°22.0000 E AT 10:00 DESTINATION ID: 001234567 : SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 KHZ KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S CALL key pressed 3 seconds DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz TIME TO GO : 8S The equipment then waits for acknowledgement of the distress relay, displaying the message shown below. If the distress relay is not acknowledged within five minutes, the message “No response! Try calling again?” appears. If this occurs, send the distress relay again. Wait for distress relay acknowledge. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: NO INFO : 8414.5 kHz 4M59S RESENDING DSC FREQ TIME TO GO : When you receive the distress relay acknowledge message, the audio alarm sounds and the display shown below appears. Distress relay ack message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM NATURE : SINKING POS : 12°34.0000 N DIST: 5nm 123°45.0000 E AT 12:34 8291.0 kHz TELEPHONE 18. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm. Received message MAY-23-2006-23:59 DISTRESS RELAY ACK SENDER ID : 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST : NO INFO NATURE : SINKING : 12°34.0000 N DIST: 5nm POS 123°45.0000 E AT 12:34 TELEPHONE 8291.0 kHz 10M10S GO TO VIEW 19. Communicate with the coast station. 4-17 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.3.2 Sending distress relay to area ships Use this procedure to send the distress relay to area ships. 1. Press the DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RELAY AREA and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu. 4. You can choose QUAD or CIRCLE to set the area. The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships within 24-34°N, 135-140°W (QUAD) and 34°N, 140°W, range: 5 NM (CIRCLE). Compose msg. AREA line display MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA CIRCLE AREA: ** ? *** ? ** ** QUAD SHIP ID IN DIST : 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 34°45.0000 N 135°45.0000 E AT 9:30 COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ. : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW QUAD "34° N 140°W 10° 5°" CIRCLE "34° 00N 140° 00W 0500NM" Reference point (For example, 34°N 140°W) 34°N 500NM 10° Reference point (For example, 34°N 140°W) 24°N 140°W 5° QUAD 135°W CIRCLE 5. Push the ENTER knob to open the SHIP ID IN DIST menu. 6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For MANUAL, key in ID of ship in distress (if known) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. (If you do not know the ID, press the CANCEL key.) 4-18 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 7. Push the ENTER knob to open the NATURE menu. Compose msg. MSG MYPE : All ships UNDESIGNATED AREA: FIRE SHIP IDFLOODING IN DIST: 987654321 COLLISION NATURE :Undesignated GROUNDING POS: ION. COMMYPE LISTING: DSC FREQ : SINKING DISABLED ABANDONING PIRACY MAN OVERBOARD 8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose nature of distress and then push the ENTER knob. (If you do not know the nature of distress, choose UNDESIGNATED.) 9. Push the ENTER knob to open the POS. menu, where you enter the position of the ship in distress and time, manually or automatically. Compose msg. : ALL SHIPS CALL TYPE EPFS A INPUT TYPE: DISTRESS RELAY LAT : 34°45.1234 N SHIP ID IN DIST: 987654321 LON : 135°45.1234 E NATURE : UNDESIGNATE POS:TIME: 09:30 UTC : COM. TYPE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 10. Enter position of the ship in distress, following 1), 2) or 3) below. 1) For automatic input, push the ENTER knob and choose EPFS. Then push the ENTER knob and go to step 10. 2) For manual input, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL and then push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and longitude of ship in distress and time as follows: a) Push the ENTER knob. Enter latitude and then push the ENTER knob. b) Push the ENTER knob. Enter longitude and then push the ENTER knob. c) Push the ENTER knob. Enter UTC time and then push the ENTER knob. Go to step 10. Note: If you cannot confirm time, enter 88:88 to input NO INFO as the time. 3) If you cannot confirm position of ship in distress, push the ENTER knob to open the INPUT TYPE menu, rotate the ENTER knob to choose NO INFO and then push the ENTER knob twice. Go to step 10. 11. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA AREA: 44 N 125 E 17 21 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 TELEPHONE NATURE : NDESIGNATED POS: 34 45.00NNBDP-FEC COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 12. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TELEPHONE (or NBDP-FEC) and then push the ENTER knob. 4-19 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 13. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose msg MSG TYPE: RELAY ALL 2187.5 AREA: 4207.5 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UN 6312.0 POS: 34°45N 8414.5 COMM MODE:12577.0 16804.5 DSC FREQ KHZ GOTO TOVIEW EASY VIEW GO 14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The display now looks something like the one below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: RELAY AREA AREA: 44 N 125 E 17 21 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 34 45.0000N 135 45.0000E AT 09:30 COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 15. Press the CALL key for three seconds, and the message “Priority distress transmit sure?” appears. Continue pressing the key until the display shows “Distress relay area message in progress!” to send the distress relay call. 4-20 Priority distress SEND MESSAGE *** *** transmit CALL TYPE sure? : ALL SHIPS Distress area SENDrelay MESSAGE *** *** message CALL TYPE in :progress! ALL SHIPS AREA: NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 34 45.0000N 135 45.0000E AT 09:30 COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 8414.5 kHz KEEP PRESSED FOR 3S SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 CALL key pressed 3 seconds DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 8414.5 kHz 8S 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 4.4 Receiving Distress Relay from Coast Station Your ship receives the distress relay when: • the coast station sends the distress relay to your ship. (DISTRESS RELAY COAST) • the coast station sends the distress relay to the area where you are navigating. When you receive a distress relay message from a coast station, continue monitoring distress and safety frequencies. The audio alarm sounds and the display looks like the one in the left-hand figure below when a distress relay is received from a coast station. 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as in the right-hand figure below. Received message Distress relay coast message received. Press the CANCEL key. MAY-23-2006-23:59 CANCEL: STOP ALARM NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.000N DIST: 14nm DISTRESS RELAY COAST SENDER ID: 001234567 SHIP ID IN DIST: 123456789 NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12°34.0000N DIST: 14nm TELEPHONE TELEPHONE 8291.5 kHz 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 8291.5 kHz 123°45.0000E AT 12:34 10M10S GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. 3. Watch distress/safety frequency. 4.5 Cancelling Distress Call You can cancel the distress call while it is being sent or while waiting for its acknowledgement as follows. 1. Press the CANCEL key to show the following display. The following message appears. Distress Proc. is Paused. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N RESUME RESEND CANCEL 123 45.6789E DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 2187.5 kHz 0S 4-21 4. DISTRESS OPERATIONS 2. Choose CANCEL and push the ENTER knob to cancel the distress call. Warning: Distress Cancel Step NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS:YES 12 34.5678N NO 123 45.6789E DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 2187.5 kHz 0S 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and then push the ENTER knob to show the following screen. The screen shows the used frequencies to send. Distress Cancellation Proc. Select frequency and push ENTER. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 Back 34.5678N Cancel: to pause menu. 123 45.6789E 2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency which was used to send, and then press the ENTER knob. The cancellation message is transmitted over the same frequency used to transmit the distress call. Now Transmitting Distress Cancellation Message NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E 2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz 5. When the following screen appears, communicate with all ships via radio telephone. Send cancel msg. by voice on 2182.0 kHz. NATURE: UNDESIGNATED POS: Push12 any34.5678N key: Go next step. 123 45.6789E *2M-2187.5 kHz 4M-4207.5kHz 6M-6312.0kHz 8M-8414.5kHz 12M-12577.0kHz 16M-16804.5kHz Asterisk marks the frequency over which the cancellation call was transmitted.. 6. Press any key. If you used other frequencies to send the distress call, the Distress Cancel sending starts over the next frequency to yourself. In this case, repeat step 3. 7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 to cancel for all frequencies. When all cancellation is completed, the RT display appears. 4-22 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEIVING Operation overview The following shows about the individual message as example of the routine message. The individual call is for sending a call to a specific station. 1. Send the individual message. 2. Wait for the individual message acknowledgement. 3. Start the communication. (1) (2) (3) (1) DSC Message [Called Acknowledge Request (ACK RQ) Signal] Own Ship (2) Acknowledge Back (ACK BQ) Signal Coast Station (3) Voice or telex communication 5.1 Individual Call The individual call is for calling a specific station. After sending an individual call, called ACK RQ transmission, wait to receive the acknowledge back (ACK BQ) signal from the receiving station. 5.1.1 Sending an individual call 1. Press the DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the ENTER knob. 5-1 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. 4. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored. 5. For MANUAL, use the numeric keys to key in the ID of the station where to send the call and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : INDIVIDUAL STATION ID PRIORITY COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ *:* * *:* * * * * : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL GO TO VIEW 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the PRIORITY menu. Compose msg. : INDIVIDUAL ROUTINE : --------STATION ID SAFETY : PRIORITY : TELEPHONE COMM. MODEURGENCY COMM. FREQ : NO INFOR : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ MSG TYPE GO TO VIEW 7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate priority (normally ROUTINE) and then push the ENTER knob. 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu. For Safety or Urgency Priority Compose msg. MSG TYPE : INDIVIDUAL : --------STATION ID TELEPHONE : ROUTINE PRIORITY NBDP-ARQ COMM MODE : NBDP-FEC COMM FREQ : NO INFOR DATA : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW TELEPHONE NBPD NBDP-FEC 9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communications type desired and then push the ENTER knob. 10. For routine priority, push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu. For safety and urgency priority, go to step 12. Compose msg. : INDIVIDUAL MSG TYPE STATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY NO INFO COMM MODEFREQUENCY CHANNEL COMM FREQ POSITION* DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL GO TO VIEW 5-2 * POSITION is displayed if a coast station is specified at step 4. 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication frequency setting method desired and then push the ENTER knob. For FREQUENCY and CHANNEL, see “How to Set Working Frequency, Channel” on the next page. NO INFO and POSITION let the receiving station set the working frequency. Choose NO INFO or POSITION to send the call to a coast station; FREQUENCY or CHANNEL to send the call to a ship station. How to Set Working Frequency, Channel To send a call, set the working frequency as below, to communicate with the receiving station. The working frequency can be entered by Tx and Rx frequencies or channel number. Routine priority 8. After selecting FREQUENCY or CHANNEL, one of the following pop-up windows appears. TX: RX: 0.0 kHz 0.0 kHz TRX: 0.0 kHz (Mobile station, Simplex) (Coast station, Duplex) Frequency CH: 0 Channel a) Key in TX frequency or channel with the numeric keys. For channel, push the ENTER knob to finish. b) Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the RX field, key in RX frequency and then push the ENTER knob to finish. Safety or urgency priority For safety or urgency priority the communication frequency cannot be selected; it is automatically set to the pair frequency as set for the DSC frequency. 12. Follow the instructions on the next page to choose DSC frequency desired. 5-3 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING How to Set DSC Frequency 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the ENTER knob. p Compose msg. MSG TYPE: STATION ID: PRIORITY: COMM MODE: COMM FREQ: DSC FREQ 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ 2 INDIV MHZ 4123456 MHZ 6 RO MHZ 8 MHZ TELEP 12 MHZ NO I : 2M-INTL Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll. GO TO VIEW 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER knob. One of the menus shown below appears depending on the band selected. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : Individual 2 MHz 4 MHz Station ID : 001234567 INTL : T12577.5/R12657.0 6 MHz Priority : Routine LOCAL1 : T12578.0/R12657.5 8 MHz LOCAL2 Com. type : T12578.5/R12658.0 :12 Telephone MHz COM. FREQ : No infor FREQ DSC : 12M-INTL Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll menu to view user channels (if registered). LOCAL = Local channel USER CH1 : T12345.0/R12345.0 USER CH2 : T12345.5/R12345.5 USER CH3 : T12346.0/R12346.0 USER CH4 : T12346.5/R12346.5 GO TO ALL VIEW 2MHz menu INTL :T 2189.5/R 2177.0 8MHz menu INTL :T 8415.0/R 8436.5 LOCAL :T 8415.5/R8437.0 LOCAL :T 8416.0/R8437.5 18MHz menu INTL :T18898.5/R19703.5 LOCAL1 :T18899.0/R19704.0 LOCAL2 :T18899.5/R19704.5 4MHz menu INTL :T 4208.0/R 4219.5 LOCAL1 :T 4208.5/R 4220.0 LOCAL2 :T 4209.0/R 4220.5 12MHz menu INTL :T 12577.5/R12657.0 LOCAL1 :T 12578.0/R12657.5 LOCAL2 :T 12578.5/R12658.0 22MHz menu INTL :T 22374.5/R22444.0 LOCAL1 :T 22375.0/R22444.5 LOCAL2 :T 22375.5/R22445.0 6MHz menu INTL :T 6312.5/R 6331.0 LOCAL1 :T 6313.0/R 6331.5 LOCAL2 :T 6313.5/R 6332.0 16MHz menu INTL :T 16805.0/R16903.0 LOCAL1 :T 16805.5/R16903.5 LOCAL2 :T 16806.0/R16904.0 25MHz menu INTL :T 25208.5/R26121.0 LOCAL1 :T 25209.0/R26121.5 LOCAL2 :T 25209.5/R26122.0 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The display shows the DSC frequency band selected, at “DSC FREQ”. Safety or urgency priority For safety and/or urgency priority “COMM FREQ” is automatically set to the same pair frequency as the DSC frequency. 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC FREQ and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: INDIVIDUAL 2187.5 4207.5 STATION ID: 001234567 6312.0 : SAFETY PRIORITY 8414.5 COMM MODE : TELEPHONE 12577.0 : 2182.0KHZ COMM FREQ 16804.5 : 2187.5 KHZ DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. 5-4 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 13.Press the CALL key to send the individual call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows the message “Individual routine message in progress!” while the call is being sent. Individual routine message in progress! DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 123456789 ROUTINE 2138.0 kHz 2177.0 kHz Note: When the channel is in use, "CH BUSY" appears at the lower left-hand side of the screen. Press CALL key for forced transmission. 7S After the call is sent, the equipment waits for acknowledgement of the call, showing the display below. Waiting for acknowledgement. DESTINATION ID: 123456789 PRIORITY : ROUTINE TELEPHONE 2138.0 kHz DSC FREQ : 2177.0 kHz TIME TO GO: 4M30S RESENDING The timer starts counting down the maximum time to wait for acknowledgement, five minutes. One of the following three messages appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears after the timer counts down to zero. It means the receiving station did not respond.) Able acknowledge message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM PRIORITY TELEPHONE : ROUTINE 2138.0 kHz Unable acknowledge message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM SENDER ID PRIORITY : : 123456789 ROUTINE No response! Try calling again? DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 123456789 ROUTINE 2138.0 kHz 2177.0 kHz RESEND Able acknowledge call received Unable acknowledge call received No response from station (appears when the timer counts to "zero") 14. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 12. 5-5 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Able acknowledge call received Communicating by radiotelephone 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the audio alarm, and the display changes as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 ABLE ACKNOWLEDGE 123456789 SENDER ID: PRIORITY : ROUTINE TX:2138.0kHz TELEPHONE RX: 2138.0kHz 10M10S GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. 3. The working frequency is automatically set; you may start voice communications by radiotelephone. Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the line. Unable acknowledge call received 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display looks something like the one below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE NO REASON GIVEN SENDER ID: PRIORITY: 123456789 ROUTINE 10M10S GO TO VIEW Reason for unable to acknowledge: NO REASON GIVEN CONGESTION AT SWITCHING CENTRE* BUSY QUEUE INDICATION* STATION BARRED* NO OPERATOR AVAILABLE* OPERATOR TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE* EQUIPMENT DISABLE MODE NOT USABLE CHANNEL NOT USABLE * Coast station use 2. If the coast station sends the message “QUEUE INDICATION,” wait until your turn arrives. 5-6 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by pressing the CALL key. Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to go to DSC screen. 5.1.2 Receiving an individual call Acknowledgement is able or unable depending on the comply-type setting (see section 6.11). The relationship between comply type and able/unable acknowledge is as shown in the table below. Setting for ACK/SQ key ABLE UNABLE AUTO ACK Can send ABLE acknowledge Can send UNABLE automatically acknowledge automatically. MANUAL ACK Send ABLE manually acknowledge Send UNABLE acknowledge manually Note: The handset must be on hook to enable automatic acknowledge. Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “ABLE” When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO ACK) and the comply type is “ABLE,” the display shown below appears. This display indicates that the auto acknowledge (ACK BQ) call is being sent. Able acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 123456789 ROUTINE 2138.0 kHz 2177.0 kHz 6S It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and the following message appears. Able acknowledge message transmitted. CANCEL: STOP ALARM PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2138.0 kHz TELEPHONE RX: 2138.0 kHz 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The following display appears. 5-7 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING * Xmitted message * MAR-23-2006-23:01 ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT DESTINATION ID: 123456789 PRIORITY : ROUTINE TX: 2138.0 kHz TELEPHONE RX: 2138.0 kHz 10M10S RESEND GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key. You can now communicate with the party, over the radiotelephone frequency specified or by the NBDP terminal unit. Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal Unit. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The message from the other station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. After receiving the message from other station, type your message and then transmit it. 2. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line. Sending automatic acknowledge (ACK BQ) with comply type “UNABLE” When an individual call is received and the automatic acknowledge feature is active (AUTO ACK) and comply type is “UNABLE,” the display shown below appears, indicating that the auto acknowledge call (ACK BQ) with UNABLE is being sent. Unable acknowledge message in progress! REASON: BUSY DESTINATION ID : 121234567 PRIORITY : ROUTINE DSC FREQ : 12577.5 kHz TIME TO GO : 6S It takes about seven seconds to transmit the call, after which the audio alarm sounds and the following message appears. Unable acknowledge message transmitted. CANCEL: STOP ALARM DESTINATION ID : 121234567 PRIORITY : ROUTINE 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The following display appears. 5-8 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING * Xmitted message * JUL-23-2006-23:01 UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE BUSY DESTINATION ID : 121234567 PRIORITY : ROUTINE 10M10S RESEND GO TO VIEW 2. Push the ENTER knob to confirm the message. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll the message. Manually acknowledging individual call with “ABLE” When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge (MANUAL ACK), the alarm sounds and the display looks like the one below. Individual routine message received. Ack Required. CANCEL: STOP ALARM TELEPHONE CH 401 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as shown below. Received message MAR-23-2006-23:00:00 INDIVIDUAL REQUEST 001234567 SENDER ID: PRIORITY: ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 401 10M10S ANSWER GO TO VIEW To view contents, rotate ENTER knob to choose GO TO VIEW and then push ENTER knob. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MSG TYPE and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID ABLE : 001234567 COMM MODE UNABLE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : CH 401 DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL GO TO VIEW 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ABLE and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. 5-9 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Compose msg. MSG TYPE: ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID: 121234567 COMM MODE: TELEPHONE COMM FREQ: CH401 DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL GO TO VIEW 5. Press the CALL key to send the acknowledge call. The display changes as below. Able acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID PRIORITY TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: : 121234567 : ROUTINE CH 401 4208.0 kHz 7S 6. After the call is completely sent (transmission time: 7 sec.), push the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen (if the communications mode is telephone). 7. You can begin voice communications by radiotelephone. For NBDP operation, do the following: Communicating by NBDP Terminal Unit After acknowledging an individual call, do the following to communicate by NBDP Terminal Unit. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The message from the other party appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 1. After receiving the message from the other party, type your message and transmit it. 2. Press the function key F10 (BREAK) to disconnect the line. Manually acknowledging individual call with “UNABLE” When an individual call is received and the equipment is set up with manual acknowledge, the alarm sounds and the display shows the message “Individual xxx (priority name) message received.” Individual routine message received. Ack Required. CANCEL: STOP ALARM TELEPHONE CH 401 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. 5-10 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Received message * * MAR-23-2006-23:00:00 INDIVIDUAL REQUEST 121234567 SENDER ID: PRIORITY: ROUTINE TELEPHONE CH 401 10M10S ANSWER GO TO VIEW To view contents, rotate ENTER knob to choose GO TO VIEW and then push the ENTER knob. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MSG TYPE and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : ABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID ABLE : 001234567 COMM MODE UNABLE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : CH401 DSC FREQ: 4M-INTL GO TO VIEW 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose UNABLE and then push the ENTER knob. 5. Push the ENTER knob to open the REASON menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : UNABLE NO REASON ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REASON BUSY : NO REASON EQUIPGIVEN DISABLED STATION ID : 001234567 MODE NOT USABLE DSC FREQCH :NOT 12,577.5 KHZ USABLE 6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose an appropriate reason and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REASON : CHANNEL NOT USABLE STATION ID : 121234567 DSC FREQ : 4M-INTL GO TO VIEW 7. Press the CALL key to send the acknowledge call. The display shows “Unable acknowledge message in progress!” while the call is being sent. Unable acknowledge message in progress! REASON: CHANNEL NOT USABLE DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY: DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 121234567 ROUTINE 4208.0 KHZ 6S 5-11 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING The timer counts down the time remaining until the call is completed (transmission time: about seven seconds). 8. Press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen. 5.2 Group Call A group call is for calling a specific group by specifying its group ID. 5.2.1 Sending a group call 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL DISTRESS INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 1. Choose GROUP MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 2. Push the ENTER knob to open the GROUP ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. 3. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored. 4. For MANUAL, key in group ID (eight digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE GROUP ID : GROUP MESSAGE 0******** : ROUTINE PRIORITY COMM MODE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW 5. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE GROUP ID PRIORITY COMM MODE : GROUP CALL TELEPHONE : 012345678 NBDP-FEC : Routine : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL GO TO VIEW 6. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the ENTER knob. 7. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu. 5-12 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Compose msg. MSG TYPE : GROUP MESSAGE GROUP ID : 012345678 FREQUENCY PRIORITY : ROUTINE COMM MODE CHANNEL : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL GO VIEW GOTO TOALL VIEW 8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob. (See page 5-3 for details.) NO INFO lets other party choose communication frequency. 9. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : Individual MESSAGE 2 MHZ GROUP ID : 001234567 4 MHZ PRIORITY E : Routine 6 MHZ COMM MODE : Telephone ONE 8 MHZ COMM FREQ : No infor 12 MHZ DSC FREQ 12M-INTL : 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ Rotate the ENTER knob to select. GO TO VIEW 10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob. (See “How to Set DSC Frequency” on page 5-4 for details.) Compose msg. MSG TYPE GROUP ID PRIORITY COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : GROUP MESSAGE : 012345678 : ROUTINE : TELEPHONE : 2164.0 kHz : 2M-INTL GO TO VIEW 12. Press the CALL key to send the group call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows “Group message in progress!” while the call is being sent. Group message in progress! SENDER ID : PRIORITY : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 012345678 ROUTINE 2164.0 kHz 2177.0 kHz 6S 13. Press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen after the call is sent. 14. If you selected TELEPHONE at step 7, communicate by radiotelephone. For NBDP, do the following: 5-13 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the line. 5.2.2 Receiving a group call Group ID must be registered in order to receive a group call. The audio alarm sounds and the display shows “Group message received” when a group call is received. Group message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2164.0 kHz TELEPHONE RX: 2164.0 kHz 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 GROUP MESSAGE SENDER ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: ROUTINE TX: 2164.0 kHz RX: 2164.0 kHz TELEPHONE 2M14S GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the frequency. 5-14 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a group call, confirm the following. •The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. •The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 5.3 Geographical Area Call The geographical area call is for sending a call to all ships within the area you designate in your geographical area call. In the figure below, for example, the call will be sent to all ships within 24-34°N, 135-140°W (QUAD) and 34°N, 140°W, range: 500 NM (CIRCLE). Note: At the high-latitude area, set the area so that the longitude is within 99°. If the setting is over 99°, it may be adjusted automatically. Reference point (For example, 34°N 140°W) 34°N 500NM 10° Reference point (For example, 34°N 140°W) 24°N 140°W 5° QUAD 135°W CIRCLE 5-15 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.3.1 Sending a geographical area call 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL DISTRESS INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AREA MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu, then choose QUAD or CIRCLE and push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE AREA : AREA MESSAGE : SAFETY PRIORITY COMM MODE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz : 2187.5 kHz DSC FREQ AREA line display QUAD "44° N 125° E 17° 21°" CIRCLE "44° 33N 125° 33E 0500NM" GO TO VIEW 4. For QUAD: Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and southerly degrees and easterly degrees of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the 1 key for North or East; 2 key for South or West. After entering data, push the ENTER knob. 5. For CIRCLE: Using the numeric keys, enter latitude and longitude of reference point and radius of area. To change coordinate, choose it and press the 1 key for North or East; 2 key for South or West. After entering data, push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the PRIORITY menu. 7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose priority desired and then push the ENTER knob. 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu. Compose msg. : AREA CALL MSG TYPE TELEPHONE AREA : 34°N 133°W ↓120° → 12° NBDP-FEC PRIORITY : Routine COMM MODE : Telephone COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : 2182.0 kHz : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. 5-16 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob. (See “How to Set DSC Frequency” on page 5-4 for details.) Your display should now look something like one below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : AREA MESSAGE AREA : 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5° PRIORITY : SAFETY COMM MODE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 12. Press the CALL key to send the geographical area call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows “Geographical area message in progress!” while the call is being sent. Geographical area message in progress! AREA: 34°N 140°W ↓10° → 5° PRIORITY: SAFETY TELEPHONE 2182.0 kHz DSC FREQ TIME TO GO : : 2187.5 kHz 7S 13. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen. 14. If you chose TELEPHONE at step 8, you can now communicate with the other party. For NBDP, do the following: Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the line. 5.3.2 Receiving a geographical area call The alarm sounds and the display shows “Geographical area message received” when a geographical area message is received. Geographical area message received. CANCEL: SENDER ID: STOP ALARM 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY TELEPHONE 2182.0kHz 5-17 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. “Change COM Frequency” display appears, and the display changes as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 GEOGRAPHICAL AREA SENDER ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY TELEPHONE: 2182.0 kHz 10M10S GO TO VIEW 3. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency specified in the geographic area call. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the frequency. Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a geographic area call, confirm the following. •The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. •The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 5-18 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.4 Neutral Craft Call The neutral craft call, which contains own ship position and ID, informs all ships that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict. The neutral craft call is necessary the setting on the Setup menu. See section “6.15 Special Messages”. 5.4.1 Sending a neutral craft call 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL DISTRESS INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL and NEUTRAL in order and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu and enter the area range as shown on page 5-16. 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the COM. MODE menu. 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired (TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC) and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose2187.5 message : Neutral ** ** 4207.5 MSG TYPE craft 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety AREA: 44 N 125 12577.0 : Telephone PRIORITY 16804.5 COMM MODE :2187.5 kHz DSC FREQ VIEW GO TO VIEW kHz 7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : NEUTRAL CRAFT AREA : 44 N 140 W 10 5 PRIORITY : URGENCY COMM MODE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 5-19 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 8. Press the CALL key to send the neutral craft call (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). Neutral craft message in progress! AREA : 34 N 140 W 10 5 PRIORITY: URGENCY DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 2187.5 kHz 7S 9. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen. 10. Inform all ships by radiotelephone that your ship is not a participant in armed conflict. Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the line. 5.4.2 Receiving a neutral craft call When a neutral craft call is received the alarm sounds and the display changes as below. Neutral craft message received. CANCEL: SENDER ID:STOP ALARM 123456789 PRIORITY: URGENSY 2182.0 kHz TELEPHONE 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The working frequency confirmation window appears for 10 seconds. The display changes as below. Received message MAR-23-2006-23:59 NEUTRAL CRAFT SENDER ID: PRIORITY: TELEPHONE 123456789 URGENCY 2182.0 kHz 10M10S GO TO VIEW 5-20 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen. Watch on the working frequency specified by radiotelephone or NBDP. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the frequency. Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a neutral craft call, confirm the following. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 5.5 Medical Transport Call The medical transport call informs all ships, by urgency priority, that own ship carries medical supplies. The medical call is enabled/disable with the Setup menu setting. See section “6.15 Special Messages”. 5.5.1 Sending a medical transport call 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL and MEDICAL in order and then push the ENTER knob. PRIORITY is automatically selected to URGENCY. 5-21 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the AREA menu and then enter the area range as shown on page 5-17. 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu. 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired (TELEPHONE or NBDP-FEC) and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose msg. 2187.5 : Medical 4207.5 transport AREA: 44 N 1 :6312.0 Urgency 8414.5 PRIORITY 12577.0 : COMM MODE Telephone DSC FREQ 16804.5:2187.5 kHz MSG TYPE GO TO VIEW VIEW 7. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : MEDICAL TRANSPORT AREA :44 N 125 E 17 21 PRIORITY : URGENCY COMM MODE : TELEPHONE COMM FREQ : 2182.0 kHz DSC FREQ : 2187.5 KHZ GO TO VIEW 8. Press the CALL key to send the call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows “Medical transport message in progress!” while the call is being sent. Medical transport message in progress! AREA: PRIORITY: DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 42N 123 E 5 10 URGENCY 2187.5 kHz 7S 9. After the call is sent, press the CANCEL key twice to show the radiotelephone screen. 10. Inform all ships (by radiotelephone) that your ship is transporting medical supplies. For NBDP do the following: Sending message by NBDP Terminal Unit The message “STATION ENTRY COMPLETED FROM DSC. Press any key to escape.” Appears on the NBDP’s display. 1. Press any key on the NBDP Terminal Unit to erase the message. 2. Press the function key F3 on the keyboard of the NBDP Terminal Unit to show the Operate menu. 3. Choose “Call Station” and then press the Enter key. 4. “DSC” is selected; press the Enter key. “Connect” appears in reverse video. 5. Type and transmit your message. 5-22 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 6. When you have finished sending your message, press the F10 key to disconnect the line. 5.5.2 Receiving a medical transport call When a medical transport call is received, the alarm sounds and the display changes as below. Medical transport message received. CANCEL: SENDER ID: STOP ALARM 123456789 PRIORITY: URGENCY TELEPHONE 2182.0 KHZ 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. After the “Change COM Frequency” display, the display changes as below. Received message MAR-23-2006-23:59 MEDICAL TRANSPORT 123456789 SENDER ID: PRIORITY: URGENCY TELEPHONE 2182.0 kHz 10M10S GO TO ALL VIEW VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to go to the radiotelephone screen to watch on frequency specified. If there is the difference between the registered frequency and used frequency to receive, the following screens appear. Choose Agree for the voice communication, or Disagree when you do not change the frequency. Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down xx sec. Pause Choose "Pause". Change COM Frequency Agree Disagree Count down has been paused. After 10 seconds passed or when "Agree" is chosen, the working frequency is changed with the message shown below. Choose "Agree". Accept New Working Freq CANCEL: CLOSE WINDOW 5-23 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Receiving message by NBDP Terminal Unit After receiving a medical transport area call, confirm the following. The control unit’s display shows “OCCUPIED” and the Tx and Rx frequencies. The message from the sending station appears on your NBDP Terminal Unit. 5.6 Receiving a Polling Request Polling means confirming if own station is within communicating range with other station. 1 Polling 2 Acknowledge 5.6.1 Automatic reply The display changes as shown in the illustration below when a polling request message is received Polling acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID : PRIORITY: DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO : 123456789 ROUTINE 2177.0 kHz 7S The equipment is set up for automatic acknowledge: POLLING MESSAGE on the Auto Ack menu is ON and the 5/ACK/ SQ key is set to show AUTO ACK on the display. For details see paragraph 6.11. (PRIORITY: ROUTINE only) After the polling acknowledge message is transmitted, the following display appears and the audio alarm sounds. Polling acknowledge message transmitted. CANCEL: STOP DESTINATION ID ALARM : 123456789 PRIORITY: ROUTINE 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. ** Xmitted message ** MAR-23-2006-23:00:09 POLLING ACKNOWLEDGE DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: ROUTINE 10M10S RESEND GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen. 5-24 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.6.3 Manual reply The display changes as shown in the illustration below. The audio alarm sounds when a polling request message is received and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is MANUAL ACK (or AUTO ACK and POLLING MESSAGE in AUTO ACK menu is OFF). Polling request message received. CNCEL: STOP DESTINATION ID : ALARM 987654321 PRIORITY: ROUTINE 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:01 POLLING REQUEST 987654321 SENDER ID : PRIORITY: ROUTINE 10M10S ANSWER GOTO VIEW 2. To ignore the call, press the CANCEL key. 3. To respond to the call, rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. Compose msg MSG TYPE : POLLING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT STATION ID : 987654321 PRIORITY : ROUTINE : 2M-INTL DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW 4. Press the CALL key to send the polling acknowledge message. The display changes as below. Polling acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID : PRIORITY : DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: Polling acknowledge message transmitted. 987654321 ROUTINE 2177.0 kHz PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY. CANCEL key (twice) 7S Radiotelephone screen 5-25 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.7 Position Call There are two types of position calls: other station requires your ship’s position and your ship requests position of another ship. Finding position of other station (1) Position request call (2) Position Information Own Station Other Station Sending own ship’s position to other station (1) Requests ship's position (2) Sends position Information Own Ship 5.7.1 Requesting other ship’s position 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 MAN 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose POSITION and then push the ENTER knob. 5-26 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored. For MANUAL, key in ID of station (nine digits) which you want to know its position and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ POSITION REQUEST ********** : SAFETY : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate frequency. 5. Push the ENTER knob. The display now looks something like the illustration below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : POSITION REQUEST : 123456789 : SAFETY : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 6. Press the CALL key to send the message (transmission time: about seven seconds). The following display appears. Position request message in progress! DESTINATION ID : PRIORITY: 123456789 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 2187.5 kHz SAFETY 7S After the call has been sent, the following display appears. Waiting for position acknowledgement. DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 4M30S 2187.5 kHz RESENDING 5-27 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING One of the following messages appears. “No response! Try calling again?” appears after the time has counted down to zero, meaning there was no response from the party called. Position acknowledge messsage received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM PRIORITY: SAFETY 12 34.0000N POS : 123 45.0000E AT 12:34 No response! Try calling again? DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY: DSC FREQ : 123456789 SAFETY 2187.5 KHZ RESEND Position acknowledge message received No response 7. Do one of the following depending on the message displayed at step 6. Acknowledge message received 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display looks as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE 123456789 SENDER ID : PRIORITY: SAFETY POS : 12 34N 123 45E AT 12:34 10M10S GO TO VIEW 2. You can now confirm position of other ship. No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by the CALL key. Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key. 5.7.2 Position call: other ship requests your position You may turn automatic acknowledge of position request on with “POSITION MESSAGE: On” on the Auto Ack menu. For further details, see section 6.11. Automatic reply When another ship requests your position and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is AUTO ACK and the setting of POSITION MESSAGE on the Auto ack menu is ON, the equipment transmits own position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.), showing the display below. Position acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54 DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz TIME TO GO : 5-28 7S 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING After the call is sent the audio alarm sounds and the display below appears. Position acknowledge message transmitted. CANCEL: STOP DESTINATION ID: ALARM 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY POS: 35°30N 135°30E AT 23:54 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm, and the display changes as below. Xmitted message ** ** MAR-23-2006-23:59:09 POSITION ACKNOWLEDGE DESTINATION ID : 987654321 PRIORITY: SAFETY POS : 35°00N AT 23:59 10M10S 135°00E RESEND GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen. Manual reply When a position request message is received and the status of the 5/ ACK/SQ key is MANUAL ACK (or AUTO ACK and POSITION MESSAGE on AUTO ACK menu is OFF), the audio alarm sounds and the display changes as below. Position request message received. SENDER ID: STOP 123456789 CANCEL: ALARM PRIORITY: SAFETY 1. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. Received message * * MAR-23-2006-23:00:01 POSITION REQUEST 123456789 SENDER ID : PRIORITY: SAFETY 10M10S ANSWER GO TO VIEW 2. If canceling to send the reply, press the CANCEL key. 5-29 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER and then push the ENTER knob. Your display should now look something like the one below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: POSITION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT POS: 35 00 N 135 00 E DSC FREQ : AT 23:01 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 4. Confirm the position shown and then press the CALL to send the position data (transmission time: approx. 7 sec.). The display changes as below. Position acknowledge message in progress! Position acknowledge messsage transmitted. DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY: SAFETY POS: 35 00N 135 00E AT 23:01 2187.5 kHz DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 5.8 7S PLEASE PUSH CANCEL KEY Press the CANCEL key twice. Radiotelephone screen PSTN Call The PSTN call allows the making and receiving of telephone calls over public switched telephone networks. To use the PSTN call feature, use a handset which has a HOOK ON/OFF function. The standard supply handset has this feature. 5.8.1 Sending a PSTN call, receiving acknowledge back (ACK BQ) 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI I23456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E DISTRESS RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 MAN 01:54 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose PSTN MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 5-30 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID menu, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored. For MANUAL, key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. PSTN MESSAGE MSG TYPE: ********* COAST ID TEL NO. : COMM MODE: TELEPHONE :12M-INTL DSC FREQ GO TO VIEW 4. Push the ENTER knob to open the TEL NO. menu. Compose msg. MSG TYPE: COAST ID TEL NO. PSTN MESSAGE : 001234567 ---------------- COMM MODE DSC FREQ :12M-INTL GO TO VIEW 5. Enter telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu, and then choose the communication mode. 7. Push the ENTER knob. 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Compose msg. 2: PSTN MHz CALL MSG TYPE 4: 123456789 MHz COAST ID 6 MHz TEL NO. 8: 123456789012345 MHz COMM MODE 12 MHz DSC FREQ Rotate ENTER knob to scroll. 16 MHz 18 MHz 22 MHz 25 MHz :12M-INTL GO TO VIEW 9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC band desired and then push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. 10. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DSC frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. Compose msg. MSG TYPE : PSTN MESSAGE COAST ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 COMM MODE : TELEPHONE DSC FREQ : 12M-INTL GO TO VIEW 5-31 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 11. Press the CALL key to send the PSTN call (transmission time: about seven seconds). The display shows the following message. PSTN request message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 12577.5 kHz 7S One of the following three displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears after timer counts down to zero and it means there was no response from the coast station.) Waiting for acknowledgement. Unable acknowledge message received. No response! Try calling again? DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 CANCEL: STOP ALARM DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : 12577.5 kHz TIME TO GO: 25S RESENDING SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : 12577.5 kHz RESEND 12. Do one of the following depending on the message shown in step 11. Waiting for acknowledgement If the PSTN call is accepted, the PSTN connection call is sent (transmission time: about seven seconds), showing the display below. PSTN connection message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ TIME TO GO: 7S After the call is sent the following messages appears. Waiting for acknowledgement. SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ TIME TO GO: 25S RESENDING 5-32 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING Then, one of the following displays appears. PSTN connected. PSTN end of message in progress! DESTINATION : 001234567 DESTINATION : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 12577.5 KHZ TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: PSTN call connected 12577.5 KHZ 8S PSTN end of call 13. Follow the instructions below depending on the message shown in 3) above. PSTN connected: Your phone rings; pick up the handset and communicate with the party you called. PSTN end of message in progress: The channel could not be used. Press the CANCEL key to return to the DSC standby screen. Unable acknowledge message received 1. The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key or ENTER knob to silence the alarm. The display shown below appears. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:01 UNABLE ACKNOWLEDGE BUSY SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 10M10S GO TO VIEW 2. Press the CANCEL key to return to the DSC standby screen. 3. Try the call again later. No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob followed by the CALL key. Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen. 5.8.2 Receiving a PSTN call, sending acknowledge back (ACK BQ) The following display appears when a PSTN call is received when automatic acknowledge is turned on. Able acknowledge message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 4208.0 KHZ 8S 5-33 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears. Pick up the handset or press CALL key. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 4208.0 KHZ TIME TO GO: 60S RESENDING 1. Pick up the handset or press the CALL key within one minute. PSTN connection message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 4208.0 KHZ TIME TO GO: 7S The timer counts down to zero and then the following display appears. Waiting for acknowledgement. SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE: 2222.2kHz DSC FREQ : 2222.2 KHZ TIME TO GO: 25S RESENDING Shortly thereafter, one of the following messages appears. PSTN connected. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 TELEPHONE : 2222.2 kHz DSC FREQ : 4208.0KHZ PSTN call connected PSTN end of message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : 4208.0KHZ TIME TO GO: 7S PSTN end of call 2. Do one of the following depending on the message shown at step 5. Note that volume can be adjusted in this condition. Rotate the PWR/VOL knob. PSTN connected: Communicate with party. PSTN end of message in progress!: The channel could not be used. Press the CANCEL key to return to the DSC standby screen. 5-34 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.8.3 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (ship disconnects line) 1. After hanging up the handset or pressing the CANCEL key to complete your call, the display shows the following message. PSTN end of message in progress! DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 12577.5 KHZ 8S After the call is sent, the following messages appears. Waiting for charge information. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ : TIME TO GO: 20S 12577.5 KHZ RESENDING When the timer counts down to zero one of the following displays appear. Charge information message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM TEL NO. No response! charge information. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 : 1234567890123456 DSC FREQ: xxxx.xkHz For “No response! Charge information.”, the equipment reverts to step 2 in this procedure to await charge information. 2. For “Charge information message received.”, the audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key or ENTER knob to silence the audio alarm. The display shown below appears. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 CHARGE INFORMATION 00H 12M 34S CHARGE TIME : 001234567 SENDER ID : TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 10M10S GO TO VIEW 5-35 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 5.8.4 PSTN call disconnection, receiving charge information (coast station disconnects line) The PSTN line is disconnected by the coast station when it finds no evidence of communications or the land subscriber hangs up. The coast station then sends charge information as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 CHARGE INFORMATION CHARGE TIME : 00H 12M 34S SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. : 1234567890123456 10M10S GO TO VIEW For no charge information the display looks as below. * Received message * MAR-23-2006-23:59 CHARGE INFORMATION CHARGE TIME : NO INFO SENDER ID : 001234567 TEL NO. 1234567890123456 10M10S GO TO VIEW 5.9 Log File Three log files are provided for storage of calls: received ordinary log, received distress log and transmitted log. Each log file stores 50 calls. The latest call is saved as log no.1 and the log no. of all previous calls in that log increments by one. When the storage capacity is exceeded, the oldest call is deleted to make room for the latest. An asterisk (*) marks unread or unacknowledged calls. Received distress calls are automatically deleted 48 hours after being read. 5.9.1 Opening a log file The procedure for opening a log is common to all logs. The example below shows how to open the received distress log. 1. Press the LOG/TUNE key momentary to open the Log file menu. WATCH KEEPING Select log file AUTO ACK DISTRESS 2187.5RECEIVED 6312.0 4207.5 ORDINARY 16804.5 12577.0 8414.5 RECEIVED DISTRESS ROUTINE 2177.0TRANSMITTED 6331.0 4219.5 8436.5 16903.0 12657.0 35°00.000N MANUAL 135°00.000E 23:59 5-36 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose desired log and push the ENTER knob. For example, choose the RECEIVED DISTRESS log and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll the log. Asterisk indicates unread message. log * Rcvd distress * DISTRESS 01.APR-10-19:58 02.APR-10-19:56 03.APR-10-13:45 04.APR-10-11:52 05.APR-10-11:43 06.MAR-22-21:18 log * Rcvd distress * DISTRESS * DISTRESS DISTRESS * DISTRESS DISTRESS DISTRESS Scroll with the ENTER knob. 45.MAR-01-23:45 46.FEB-28-19:56 47.FEB-28-19:48 48.FEB-28-19:44 49.FEB-21-12:36 50.FEB-17-12:34 OLD *DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS *DISTRESS NEW 4. To view the contents of a file, do the following: a) Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the file desired and then push the ENTER knob. DETAIL DELETE b) DETAIL is selected; push the ENTER knob. * Received message * FEB-17-2006-12:34:56 DISTRESS ALERT SHIP ID IN DIST : 987654321 NATURE : UNDESIGNATED POS : 12 34.0000N DIST: 43nm 123 45.0000E TELEPHONE NEXT ANSWER AT 12:34 2182.0 KHZ GO TO VIEW 10M10S PREV 5. To scroll the log up and down, use the FILE/CURSOR and #/SETUP keys, respectively. Use FILE/CURSOR key to scroll forward; the #/SETUP to scroll backward. 6. To print all files in the log selected, press the 8/PRINT key. 7. To reply to an unanswered call, rotate the ENTER knob to choose ANSWER, press the ENTER knob, and then press the CALL key. 8. To return to the log selected, press the CANCEL key. 5.9.2 Deleting log files 1. Do steps 1-3 and 4a) in the previous procedure to choose the file you wish to delete. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DELETE and then press the ENTER knob. The log files are renumbered to reflect the deletion. 5-37 5. ROUTINE MESSAGE CALLING, RECEVING This page is intentionally left blank. 5-38 6. MENU OPERATION The menu, consisting of main menus, provides access to less-often used function. It can be accessed from both the RT and DSC screens. 1. Press the #/SETUP key to show the main menu. MENU HS. VOL 32 NB ON SQ 2000Hz USER CH MESSAGE POSITION DATE/TIME MEM CLR USR SETUP SYS SETUP 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and press the ENTER knob to show the Setup menu. Setup ALARM SOUND AUTO ACK PRINT OUT SCAN FREQ 6.1 KEY ASSIGN SPECIAL MSG FAX Rx DIS HOOK SP OFF TIMER 10MIN Adjusting Handset Volume Adjust handset volume from the HANDSET VOLUME window as follows: 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Choose HS. VOL and then push the ENTER knob to display the HANDSET VOLUME window. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to adjust volume, and then push the ENTER knob. HANDSET VOLUME (0~63) 63 4. Press the CANCEL key. 6-1 6. MENU OPERATION 6.2 Noise Blanker The noise blanker functions to remove pulse noise. You may turn it on or off as follows. Normally, use it with OFF (default setting). 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose NB. Push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate, and then push the ENTER knob. 5. Press the CANCEL key. “NB” appears in the equipment states area when choosing ON at step 4. 6.3 Squelch Frequency If you change the squelch frequency (ex. For high voice), do the following procedure. (default setting: 800Hz) 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SQ. Push the ENTER knob. Enter frequency (range: 500-2000 Hz) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 5. Press the CANCEL key. 6.4 User Channels The USER CH menu allows registration and deleting of user TX and RX channels, where permitted by the Authorities. Maximum 256 channels can be registered. NOTICE FURUNO will assume no responsibility for the disturbance caused by the unlawful or improper setting of user channels. 6.4.1 Registering user channels 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CH and then push the ENTER knob. entry *** User ch CH: ** 2-01 MODE: SSB 00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205. 6-2 TX: TX: TX: TX: TX: 2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX: 2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5 6. MENU OPERATION 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the user channel options window. *** User ch entryCH:** 2-01 MODE: SSB 00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205. TX: 2111.5 TX: 2222.0 MODE TX: CH2333.5 TX: 2444.0 FREQ TX: 2555.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX: 2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MODE and then push the ENTER knob. *** User ch entryCH:**2-01 MODE: SSB 00201. TX: 2111.5 NBDP DSC2222.0 00202. TX: CW 2333.5 00203. TX: 00204. TX: 2444.0 00205. TX: 2555.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX: 2111.5 2222.0 2333.5 2444.0 2555.5 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate mode among SSB, NBDP and DSC and then push the ENTER knob. *** User ch entry **0 0 MODE: SSB CCH H : :0 −2-01 00201. 00202. 00203. 00204. 00205. TX: TX: TX: TX: TX: 2101.5 2202.0 2303.5 2404.0 2505.5 RX: RX: RX: RX: RX: 2101.5 2202.0 2303.5 2404.0 2505.5 - 256 channels may be registered. - Band no. setting range is 1-29 and band channel no. range is 01-99. - For DSC, four channels can be registered per band (2, 4, 6 8, 12, 16, 18, 22, 25). 6. Key in channel no. and then push the ENTER knob. For example, press 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and then push the ENTER knob to enter channel 01234. User ch entry ** ** MODE : SSB CH : 12-34 01234. 01240. 01241. 01242. 01250. TX: 0.0 TX: 12666.0 TX: 12777.5 TX : TX: 12999.5 RX : TX: 12100.0 RX: 0.0 RX: 13666.0 RX: 13777.5 0.0 kHz RX: 13999.5 0.0 kHz RX: 13100.0 7. Enter TX frequency with the numeric keys. 8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RX. 9. Enter RX frequency with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Rotate the ENTER knob to display all channels entered. 11. Press the CANCEL key twice. 6-3 6. MENU OPERATION 6.4.2 Deleting user channels Deleting individual user channels 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CH and then push the ENTER knob twice. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose CH and then push the ENTER knob. Key in the channel number to be deleted, and then push the ENTER knob. Tx and Rx frequencies are shown as “0.0 kHz”; push the ENTER knob to delete channel. 6. Press the CANCEL key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen. Deleting all user channels 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MEM CLR and then push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CHANNELS and then push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES and then push the ENTER knob. Press the CANCEL key twice to return to the radiotelephone screen. 6.5 Preparing TX Message For the individual, PSTN, Group and Test messages, you can create messages and store them in the memory for future use. You can recall these messages, for editing or sending, with the */FILE/CURSOR key. Maximum 100 messages can be stored into the memory. 6.5.1 1. 2. 3. 4. Preparing individual calls Press the #/SETUP key to open the setup menu. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE. Push the ENTER knob. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. file entry * MessageINDIVIDUAL MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE : --------TEST MESSAGE : TELEPHONE GROUP MESSAGE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose INDIVIDUAL and then push the ENTER knob. 6-4 6. MENU OPERATION 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID entry window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL : --------000000000 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 7. Key in ID of coast station or ship station with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE window. entry * Message: file GROUP CALL MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL TELEPHONE : 012345678 : 001234567 NBDP : Routine : TELEPHONE NBDP-FEC : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose communication type desired and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE: STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ INDIVIDUAL : 123456789 NO INFO : TELEPHONE FREQUENCY : NO INFO CHANNEL : 2M-INTL POSITION* * NO INFO and POSITION appears when coast station ID is entered in the field STATION ID. 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate item and then push the ENTER knob. Call to coast station: NO INFO or POSITION. Call to ship station: FREQUENCY or CHANNEL. Enter appropriate frequency or channel, referring to page 5-3. 12. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. * Message2file entry MHZ MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ 4 MHZ : INDIVIDUAL 6 MHZ : 001234567 8 MHZ : 12 TELEPHONE MHZ : NO INFO : 2M-INL Rotate ENTER knob to scroll. 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ 6-5 6. MENU OPERATION 13. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER knob. 14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. 15. Enter file name and number as shown below. How to Enter File Name and Number 1. Push the ENTER knob to open the file name entry window. * Message file entry FILE NAME : ---------------FILE NUMBER : --FILE ENTRY 2. Use the numeric keys and ENTER knob to enter file name (max. 16 characters). For example, enter FURUNO as the file name. Key and available character, symbol 1 : 1→(blank)→1 2ABC : 2→A→B→C→2 3DEF : 3→D→E→F→3 4GHI : 4→G→H→I→4 5JKL : 5→J→K→L→5 6MNO : 6→M→N→O→6 7PQRS : 7→P→Q→R→S→7 8TUV : 8→T→U→V→8 9WXYZ : 9→W→X→Y→Z→9 0 : 0→_→ − →0 1. Rotate ENTER knob to select location. 2. Press appropriate key. How to enter "FURUNO" as file name 1. Press the 3 key to display F. 2. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor. 3. Press the 8 key to select U. 4. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor. 5. Press the 7 key to select R. 6. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor. 7. Press the 8 key to select U. 8. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor. 9. Press the 6 key to select N. 10. Rotate ENTER knob to shift cursor. 11. Press the 6 key to select O. 12. Push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the file number entry window. Key in file number in three digits with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. For example, press 0, 0, 1, ENTER knob to enter file number 001. * Message file entry FILE NAME : FURUNO --FILE NUMBER : 001 FILE ENTRY 6-6 Note: The available file number is 001-799 and 900-999. 6. MENU OPERATION 4. Push the ENTER knob. The display shows the name and file number entered. * Message file entry FURUNO No.001 file entered Go to next file? YES: [ENT] key NO: [CANCEL] key If the file name or number exists the message "Duplicate name (number) ! Overwrite OK?" appears. Push the ENTER knob to write over the name, or press the CANCEL key to escape. FILE ENTRY 5. Push the ENTER knob to continue 6.5.2 Preparing group calls To receive the group calls, registering of the group ID is necessary as below. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE. Push the ENTER knob. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. file entry * MessageINDIVIDUAL MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE : --------TEST MESSAGE : TELEPHONE GROUP MESSAGE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose GROUP MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the GROUP ID entry window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE: GROUP ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ GROUP MESSAGE -------: 0000000000 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 7. Key in ID of group with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 6-7 6. MENU OPERATION 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM MODE menu. * Message file entry MSG TYPE: GROUP ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ GROUP MESSAGE : 012345678 : TELEPHONE : NO INFO NBDP-FEC : 2M-INTL 9. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate communications type and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Push the ENTER knob to open the COMM FREQ menu. * Message file entry MSG TYPE: GROUP ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ GROUP MESSAGE : 012345678 FREQUENCY : TELEPHONE CHANNEL : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate item and then push the ENTER knob. 12. Enter frequency or channel. 13. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. Message 2file entry MHZ MSG TYPE GROUP ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ 4 MHZ : INDIVIDUAL 6 MHZ : 001234567 8 MHZ : 12 TELEPHONE MHZ : NO INFO : 2M-INTL Rotate ENTER knob to scroll. 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ 14. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER knob. 15. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. 16. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and number. 6-8 6. MENU OPERATION 6.5.3 1. 2. 3. 4. Preparing PSTN calls Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE. Push the ENTER knob. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. file entry * MessageINDIVIDUAL MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE : --------TEST MESSAGE : TELEPHONE GROUP MESSAGE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose PSTN MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the COAST ID entry window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE : PSTN MESSAGE COAST ID : 000000000 0------TEL NO. : ---------------DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL 7. Key in ID of coast station (seven digits) with the numeric keys then push the ENTER knob. 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the TEL. NO. entry window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE: COAST ID TEL NO. : PSTN MESSAGE : 001234567 : ------------------------------- DSC FREQ : 2M-INTL 9. Key in telephone no. (up to 16 digits) with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. * Rotate the ENTER knob to scroll. Message file entry 2 MHZ MSG TYPE: COAST ID TEL NO. : DSC FREQ 4 MHZ PSTN CALL 6 MHZ 001234567 8 MHZ 1234567890--12 MHZ : 2M-INTL 16 MHZ 18 MHZ 22 MHZ 25 MHZ TL 6-9 6. MENU OPERATION 11. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC band and then push the ENTER knob. 12. Choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. 13. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and number. 6.5.4 Preparing test call 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 3. Push the ENTER knob to open the MSG TYPE menu. file entry * MessageINDIVIDUAL MSG TYPE STATION ID COMM MODE COMM FREQ DSC FREQ : INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE : --------TEST MESSAGE : TELEPHONE GROUP MESSAGE : NO INFO : 2M-INTL 4. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TEST MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. 5. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID entry window. * Message file entry MSG TYPE STATION ID DSC FREQ : TEST 000000000 : 2187.5 KHZ 6. Enter station ID where to send the test message and then push the ENTER knob. 7. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. file entry * Message2187.5 MSG TYPE STATION ID DSC FREQ : Test 4207.5 : 001234567 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety : kHz 12577.0 16804.5 VIEW KHZ 8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose appropriate DSC frequency and then push the ENTER knob. 9. Follow “How to Enter File Name and Number” on page 6-6 to enter file name and number. 6-10 6. MENU OPERATION 6.5.5 Sending prepared messages Sending without modification 1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. Below is an example of the send message file list. Send message file 001 : FURUNO JAPAN 002 : FURUNO USA 003 : FURUNO UK 004 : FURUNO DENMARK 005 : FURUNO NORWAY 006 : FURUNO SPAIN DOWN 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a file. 3. Press the CALL key to send the message. Editing before sending 1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose file desired and then push the ENTER knob. DETAIL DELETE 3. DETAIL is selected; push the ENTER knob. The message contents are shown on the “Compose msg.” Screen. 4. Edit the message as necessary. 5. Press the CALL key to send the message. 6.5.6 Deleting send message Deleting send messages individually 1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key at the DSC standby screen to show the send message file list. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose file desired and then push the ENTER knob. DETAIL DELETE 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DELETE and then push the ENTER knob. 6-11 6. MENU OPERATION Deleting all messages 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the MEM CLR. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the MESSAGE FILES. Push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES. Push the ENTER knob. 6.5.7 Printing List of Send Message Files You can print a list of send message files as follows: 1. Press the FILE/CURSOR key to open the Send message file list. 2. Press the 8/PRINT key. 3. YES is selected; push the ENTER knob to print. ********** Send message file ********** 001. FURUNO JAPAN INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE 002. FURUNO USA INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE 003. FURUNO UK PSTN MESSAGE 004. FURUNO DENMARK GROUP MESSAGE 005. FURUNO NORWAY INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE 006. FURUNO SPAIN GROUP MESSAGE 007. FURUNO FRANCE INDIVIDUAL MESSAGE Note: Message not framed in actual printout. 6.6 Manual Entry of Position and Time If there is no EPFS (Electronic Position-Fixing System) connected to this equipment or the EPFS connected is not working (EPFS error indication appears), manually enter position and time as follows: 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose POSITION. 3. Push the ENTER knob. ** Position setup ** Last updated: EPFS LAT : 34 41.0000 N LON : 135° 30.0000 E TIME: 09: 00 UTC “Last updated” shows the method used at the last time, EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO (information). 6-12 6. MENU OPERATION Note: If, when “Last updated” is EPFS, input from the navigator is interrupted, the message “EPFS error” appears. If this occurs, check the navigator. 4. Push the ENTER knob to show the position method window, and then rotate the ENTER knob to choose the EPFS, MANUAL or NO INFO. 5. Press the ENTER knob. Go to step 6 only when choosing MANUAL at step 4. 6. Push the ENTER knob to open the latitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter latitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: 1/RT/CH key to switch to North; 2/DSC key to switch to South. Push the ENTER knob. ** Position setup ** 34 °30.1234 N 12 Last up dated: MANUAL NORTH 34LAT 41 : 34° 4134 ° 30.1234 N 12 LON : 135° 30 EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC After last digit is entered NORTH: [1] KEY SOUTH: [2] KEY 7. Push the ENTER knob to open the longitude input window. Use the numeric keys to enter longitude. If necessary, switch coordinates: 1/RT/CH key to switch to East; 2/DSC key to switch to West. Push the ENTER knob. ** Position setup Last up dated: MANUAL LAT 34°4130NORTH NORTH LAT: : 34 LON ° 135 30 LON : 135 : 135˚ 30 EAST 30.1234 E 12°EAST TIME: 09: 00 UTC ** 135 12°30.1234 E After last digit is entered EAST: [1] KEY WEST: [2] KEY 8. Push the ENTER knob to open the time input window. Position setup Last up dated: MANUAL LAT : 34 30.1234 N : °34 41 NORTH LON 30.1234 E LON : 135 : °135˚ 30 EAST TIME 09: : 12 09: 00 UTC TIME: 00: 34 UTC 9. Enter UTC time with the numeric keys and then push the ENTER knob. 10. Press the CANCEL key. Note: When “Last updated” is MANUAL, the message “Warning: Update position” appears at set intervals (update interval selected with POSITION OLDER on the Alarm menu) to ask you to update position. 6-13 6. MENU OPERATION 6.7 Date and Time Setting Set the date and time for the system. 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose DATE/TIME. 3. Push the ENTER knob. ** Date/Time setup SOURCE: INTERNAL DATE: 2008/02/29 TIME: 11:45 UTC SOURCE: Choose INTERNAL or EPFS (using ZDA). DATE: Enter the date for manual setting. TIME: Enter time for manual setting. 4. 5. 6. 7. Choose DATE, and push the ENTER knob. Use the numeric keys to enter year/month/date, and push the ENTER knob. The cursor chooses TIME; push the ENTER knob. Use the numeric keys to enter the time, and push the ENTER knob. 6.8 Memory Clear Logs, messages files and user channels in the memory can be cleared. Also, the settings are able to restore to the default setting. 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MEM CLR. 3. Push the ENTER knob. ** Memory clear RCVD ORDINARY LOG RCVD DISTRESS LOG TRANSMITTED LOG MESSAGE FILES USER CHANNELS LOAD DEFAULT 6-14 6. MENU OPERATION Clearing received ordinary log 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RCVD ORDINARY LOG. 2. Push the ENTER knob. CLEAR RCVD ORDINARY LOG. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. Clearing received distress log 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose RCVD DISTRESS LOG. 2. Push the ENTER knob. CLEAR RCVD DISTRESS LOG. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. Clearing transmitted log 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TRANSMITTED LOG. 2. Push the ENTER knob. CLEAR TRANSMITTED LOG. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. 6-15 6. MENU OPERATION Clearing message files 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MESSAGE FILES. 2. Push the ENTER knob. CLEAR MESSAGE FILES. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. Clearing user channels 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USER CHANNELS. 2. Push the ENTER knob. CLEAR USER CHANNELS. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. Restoring to default setting 1. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose LOAD DEFAULT. 2. Push the ENTER knob. LOAD DEFAULT. ARE YOU SURE ? NO YES 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose YES, and push the ENTER knob. 6.9 Setting Alarms The Alarm setup menu enables or disables the internal and external alarm beep. Note that the receiving alarm beep for the distress and urgency cannot be disable. 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ALARM, and push the ENTER knob. 6-16 6. MENU OPERATION Default: ON Disables/enables alarm for received Safety and Routine calls. OFF ON Rotate ENTER knob to choose. **** Alarm setup *** INTERNAL ALARM POSITION OLDER Default: 4.0 hours : OFF :4.0 H Alarm is output when position is older by the number of hours set here. 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 EXT ALARM : DSTRS/URG ALARM DISTANCE: 500 NM Default: DSTRS/URG Sets type of call to be output to the DSTRS/URG ROUTINE IC-303. Default: 500 NM OFF ALL OFF 500 NM DSTRS/URG: Distress or urgency call output upon receipt. ROUTINE: Routine call output upon receipt. ALL: All calls output. OFF: No output. Enable or disable reception of the distress alarm received from a ship in distress which is more than 500 miles from own ship. 6.10 Sound Setting The SOUND menu lets you set the volume for the following items: • Key click on/off • Volume of the receiving alarm for the safety and routine messages • Volume of the receiving alarm for the distress and urgency 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SOUND, and push the ENTER knob. Default: ON *** Sound setup *** KEY CLICK : ON ORDINARY ALARM : 30 DISTRESS ALARM : 63 OFF ON Turns on/off beep generated when keyboard is operated. Note: Do not confuse keyboard beep (single beep) with ACK beep (three beeps). ORDINARY ALARM VOLUME (0~63) Rotate ENTER knob to set. Sets loudness of Safety, 47 Routine and Old Position alarms. DISTRESS ALARM VOLUME (38~63) 63 Rotate ENTER knob to set. Sets loudness of Distress and Urgency alarms. 6-17 6. MENU OPERATION 6.11 Setting the AUTO ACK Details The acknowledgement message may be sent automatically when you receive a message which requires acknowledgement. You can also enable or disable it for position, polling and test messages. Note that the automatic acknowledge is automatically disabled when RX call contains error, as required by law. Further, automatic acknowledge is disabled in case of OFF HOOK. 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose AUTO ACK, and push the ENTER knob. Default: ABLE UNABLE Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key is set for "AUTO ACK." ABLE: Sends ABLE acknowledge automatically. ABLE UNABLE: Sends UNABLE acknowledge automatically. Note: Automatic acknowledge is automatically disabled when RX call contains error, as required by law. Further, automatic acknowledge is disabled in case of OFF HOOK. Default: NO REASON Rotate ENTER NO REASON BUSY knob to choose ** Auto ack setup ** COMPLY TYPE : ABLE UNABLE REASON : NO REASON GIVEN POSITION MESSAGE: OFF POLLING MESSAGE: ON TEST MESSAGE: ON Default: ON OFF ON 6-18 Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key is set for "AUTO ACK." OFF: Disables automatic acknowledgement of test call. ON: Enables automatic acknowledgement of test call. EQUIP DISABLE MODE NOT USABLE CH NOT USABLE Sets reason for UNABLE. Note: This menu is the same as manual acknowledgement. EQUIPMENT DISABLE is shown in calls when EQUIP DISABLE is selected. Default: OFF Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key OFF ON is set for "AUTO ACK." OFF: Disables automatic acknowledgement of position request. ON: Enables automatic acknowledgement of position request. Default: ON OFF ON Effective when 5/ACK/SQ key is set for "AUTO ACK." OFF: Disables automatic acknowledgement of polling request. ON: Enables automatic acknowledgement of polling request. 6. MENU OPERATION 6.12 Printing Messages The Print Out menu enables/disables automatic printing of all transmitted and received calls and the results of the daily test. 1. Press the SETUP key. 2. Choose USR SETUP and PRINT OUT in order, and push the ENTER knob to display the Print out set up menu. Default: MANUAL * Print out setup * AUTO MANUAL Select AUTO to automatically print transmitted calls. Default: MANUAL XMIT MESSAGE: MANUAL RCVD MESSAGE: MANUAL DAILY TEST : MANUAL AUTO MANUAL Select AUTO to automatically print received calls. Default: MANUAL AUTO MANUAL Select AUTO to automatically print results of Daily Test. Sample printouts Printing can be done automatically or manually. For manual printing, press the PRINT key. Note that calls having more than one page (for example, received calls) are printed out in their entirety. * Received message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 * DISTRESS ALERT SELF-IDENTITY : 777777777 NATURE OF DISTRESS : UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS DISTRESS COORDINATES : NO INFORMATION DISTRESS TELECOMMAND : TELEPHONE END OF SEQUENCE : EOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED ERROR-CHECK : OK DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2187.5 kHz RX: 2187.5 kHz * Received message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 * INDIVIDUAL REQUEST DESTINATION ID PRIORITY SELF-IDENTITY COMMUNICATION MODE COMMUNICATION OPTION WORKING FREQUENCY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED ERROR-CHECK DSC FREQUENCY Sample Received Message Printout (Distress) : : : : : : 111111111 ROUTINE 987654321 TELEPHONE NO INFORMATION NO INFORMATION : OK TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz Sample Received Message Printout (Individual) *Transmitted message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 * *Transmitted message at JUN-08-2006-16:10:12 * DISTRESS ALERT SELF-IDENTITY NATURE OF DISTRESS DISTRESS COORDINATES COMMUNICATION MODE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED INDIVIDUAL REQUEST DESTINATION ID : 123456789 PRIORITY : ROUTINE SELF-IDENTITY : 111111111 COMMUNICATION MODE : TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION OPTION : NO INFORMATION WORKING FREQUENCY : NO INFORMATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REQUIRED DSC FREQUENCY TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz DSC FREQUENCY : : : : 111111111 UNDESIGNATED DISTRESS NO INFORMATION TELEPHONE TX: 2177.0 kHz RX: 2177.0 kHz Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Distress) Sample Transmitted Message Printout (Individual) Note: Messages are not framed in actual printouts. 6-19 6. MENU OPERATION 6.13 Setting Scan Frequencies The Scan freq menu determines which DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan. Follow the instructions below to select/deselect DSC routine and distress frequencies to scan. 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SCAN FREQ, and then push the ENTER knob to display the Scan freq setup menu. setup ** Scan freqDISTRESS * ROUTINE F1 : 2M-INTL F2 : 4M-INTL F3 : 6M-INTL F4 : 8M-INTL F5 : 12M-INTL F6 : 16M-INTL 2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : : FIXED ON ON FIXED ON OFF Distress and safety frequencies 1. Rotate the ENTER knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the DISTRESS column. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency band and then push the ENTER knob. For example, choose 4 MHz. setup ** Scan freqDISTRESS * ROUTINE F1 : 2M-INTL F2 : 2M-INTL F3 : 4M-INTL F4 : 8M-INTL F5 : 12M-INTL F6 : 16M-INTL 2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : : FIXED OFF ON ON FIXED ON OFF 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. 4. Press the CANCEL key three times to return to the radiotelephone screen. Note: Regulations require that 2 MHz and 8 MHz and one more DSC distress frequency be watched continuously. 2 MHz and 8 MHz cannot be turned off. Maximum three bands may be turned off. 6-20 6. MENU OPERATION Routine frequencies 1. Rotate the ENTER knob clockwise to shift the cursor to the ROUTINE column. setup ** Scan freqDISTRESS * ROUTINE F1 : 2M-INTL F2 : 4M-INTL F3 : 6M-INTL F4 : 8M-INTL F5 : 12M-INTL F6 : 16M-INTL 2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : : FIXED ON ON FIXED ON OFF 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose the frequency band. For example, choose F1. Scan freq setup ** * ROUTINE DISTRESS OFF F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 : 22M-INTL MHZ : 42M-USR3 MHZ : 64M-INTL MHZ : 88M-INTL MHZ : 16M-LCL1 : 25M-LCL2 2M 4M 6M 8M 12M 16M : : : : : : FIXED ON ON FIXED ON OFF 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose a frequency to set. 4. Push the ENTER knob, and the display looks something like the one below. ** Scan freq setup * ROUTINE DISTRESS F1INTL : 2M-INTL 2M 2177.0 : FIXED : T 2189.5/R 4M : ON F2DIST : 2M-USR3 : T2187.5/R 2187.5 6M : ON F3 : 4M-INTL 8M : FIXED F4 : 8M-INTL 12M : ON F5 : 16M-LCL1 16M : OFF F6 : 25M-LCL2 User channel appears if registered. 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose frequency desired and then push the ENTER knob. INTL: International channels DIST: Distress channels LOCAL1/LOCAL2: Local channels USER: User channel 6. Press the CANCEL key three times to return to the radiotelephone screen. Note: Distress frequencies can be stored on the routine frequency memory. This is convenient for backing up the watch-keeping receiver. 6-21 6. MENU OPERATION 6.14 Key Assignment The 8/PRINT key can function as a short-key, providing quick access to a function without opening the menu. You can program one of the functions listed below, and the default setting is NONE (shortcut function is disabled). • NONE: Not assigned any function. • NB: Noise blanker on/off • TONE: Transmit/stop the tone signal. • SDUP/DUP: Changes the communication mode on the duplex channel (FS-5070 only) 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose KEY ASSIGN, and push the ENTER knob. Key assign setup PRINT KEY: NONE 4. Push the ENTER knob. 5. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose NONE, NB, TONE or SDUP/DUP as appropriate. 6. Push the ENTER knob. 6.15 Special Messages Permission to transmit NEWTRAL CRAFT and MEDICAL TRANSPORT can be enabled or disabled as follows: 1. Press the #/SETUP key. 2. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and push the ENTER knob. 3. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose SPECIAL MSG, and push the ENTER knob to show the following menu. Special Msg Setup MSG MSG 4. Choose NEUTRAL MSG or MEDICAL MSG, and then push the ENTER knob. UNABLE 5. Choose ABLE or UNABLE as appropriate, and then push the ENTER knob. 6. Press the CANCEL key to return to the radiotelephone screen. 6-22 6. MENU OPERATION 6.16 FAX Enable/Disable You may enable or disable FAX use as follows. This setting is necessary when the facsimile is connected and used to receive. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP, and then push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose FAX Rx and then push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ENABLE or DISABLE as appropriate and then push the ENTER knob. When choosing ENABLE, “FAX” is added to the emission mode. CH: 200 Tx: 2182.0 kHz Rx: 2182.00 kHz Emission mode SSB SSBSIMP HIGH FAST NB SQ SEN S TLX LA 10.0A FAX MMSI AM xxxxxxxxx UTC 00:00 35 00.0000N 135 00.0000E EPFS 23:59 5. Press the CANCEL key twice return to the radiotelephone screen. 6.17 Speaker Setting in Off Hook When the handset is off hook, you may choose to turn the speaker (panel speaker or external speaker) on or off. The default setting is OFF, which turns off the speaker when the handset is off hook. The ON position keeps the speaker on always, regardless of handset state. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP and push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose HOOK SP OFF, push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose ON or OFF as appropriate, and push the ENTER key. 6.18 Operation Timer Off When the screen which cannot receive the DSC message is active more than 10 minutes without any operation, the control unit returns to the radiotelephone screen automatically. You can enable/disable this function as below: 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the #/SETUP key. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose USR SETUP and push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TIMER, push the ENTER knob. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose 10MIN or OFF as appropriate, and push the ENTER knob. 6-23 6. MENU OPERATION This page is intentionally left blank. 6-24 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.1 Turning on the NBDP System Turn on the terminal unit and the printer with their respective power switches. Brilliance, Contrast control Operating Lamp Operating Lamp Floppy Disk Drive POWER Switch Esc F1 F2 F11 F12 ! ` 1 2 3 R D & 7 6 7 T F F9 F8 ^ 5 C 4 E S F7 F6 % $ W A Caps Lock F5 # Q Tab F4 F3 @ ( 9 9 U 4 H Num Lock F10 8 8 Y G * I J 1 Prt Sc Scroll Lock SysRq ) 0 K 2 : { } [ ] + " ; Z Shift Fn Ctrl X Alt C V B N M 0 | \ Enter ' < > ? , . / Alt Backspace = P L 3 Delete Break + - O 6 5 Insert Pause _ * Floppy Disk Drive TERMINAL UNIT IB-583 TERMINAL UNIT IB-581 ~ POWER Switch / Shift PgUp Ctrl Home End KEYBOARD (ex.: IB-581) PgDn PRINTER PP-510 POWER Switch NBDP terminal unit, printer and keyboard Note 1: To power the system, turn on the control unit then turn on the NBDP terminal unit. Note 2: The Printer PP-510 prints messages. Refer to its operator’s manual for operating information. Note 3: When the NBDP has priority, the control unit displays “OCCUPIED (NBDP) ”. Note 4: The name for the Insert and Delete keys is different depending on the Terminal Unit (keyboard) used. They are Insert and Delete on IB-581 and Ins and Del on IB-583. This manual shows Insert, Delete. 7-1 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.2 Description of Equipment 7.2.1 Terminal unit The terminal unit is a visual display incorporating a floppy disk drive, which provides for storage of files on floppy disks. Two models are available, IB-581 (monochrome) and IB-583 (color). Controls for power and adjustment of display brilliance and contrast are provided on the front panel of the IB-581. To adjust the brilliance on the IB-583, press Alt while pressing F6 to lower the brilliance; F7 to raise it. (The IB-583 does not have a control for adjustment of contrast.) Eight levels of brilliance are available. When the terminal unit is turned on, the communication status display, shown below, appears. This is where all phases of telex communications begin. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-10-15 2:26:45 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : Frequency (T/R) : . / . (kHz) Comm Mode : AUTO Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : (%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) Communication status display Features of the IB-583 The IB-583 is fitted with both English and Russian interface. Choose desired interface as below: English: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the E key. Russian: Turn on the IB-583 while pressing the R key. The IB-583 has a battery (type CR2450-F2ST2L, code no. 000-144-941) on its TERM/CPU Board (16P0209) and its life is about six years. When the voltage of the battery is low, the time will be slow. When this occurs, contact your dealer about replacement of the battery. Note: To switch between Russian and English input, press Alt while holding down Shift. (This is available in Russian mode only.) 7-2 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.2.2 Keyboard The terminal unit is operated from the keyboard, and is almost 100% keyboard controlled. Operation is simplified by the use of menus which you access by pressing a function key, labeled F1-F10 at the top of the keyboard. The figure below shows the function menus and their corresponding function keys. % Note: C (Euro mark) on key is not used. 5 C FILE EDIT OPERATE WINDOW STATION SYSTEM WRU HR OVER BREAK Esc F1 F2 F11 F12 F4 F3 F5 F7 F6 F9 F8 ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & 7 * ` 1 2 3 4 5 C 6 7 8 Q Tab W A Caps Lock E S R D T F Y G ( 8 I J 1 Prt Sc Scroll Lock SysRq ) 9 9 U 4 H Num Lock F10 * O 6 5 + - = K 2 P L 3 : Z X Ctrl Fn C V B N M 0 { } | ] \ + " Enter ' < > ? , . / / Shift PgUp Ctrl Alt Alt Backspace [ ; Shift Delete Break _ 0 Insert Pause Home End PgDn Keyboard for IB-581 FILE Esc OPERATE STATION EDIT WINDOW SYSTEM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 ! @ # $ % ^ & 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Q W E R T 7 Y 8 9 8 U A Num Lock S D F G H J Z X C K V B N M Alt ~ , _ + 0 - = P : ; L 3 < , > . . Alt { [ - 6 2 0 Shift ) O 5 5 1 Fn F10 9 I 4 Ctrl F9 ( Tab Ctrl F8 Ins OVER BREAK HR F12 F11 Caps Lock WRU Prt Sc Sys Rq I Backspace } ] " ' + Pause Break Home Pg Up \ Enter Pg Dn Enter End ? / Scroll Lock / Shift Del Keyboard for IB-583 7-3 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.3 Function Keys, Menu Operation The function keys at the top of the keyboard control most operations of this unit through a menu system. 7.3.1 Menu conventions Inverse video As you move the cursor down through a menu, a selected item, initially shown as white on black (monochrome display), inverses to black on white. This highlighting indicates that it is available for selection. Underline The underline shows current selection. In the figure below, for example, the underline is beneath “ARQ” and “Channel.” Station Entry Station List Create Change Station Set Up Station : _ ID Code : Mode : ARQ FEC CH/Table : Channel ScanTable Num/Table: Inverse Video Underline Station entry screen Note: The example display screen shown in this manual are taken from the IB-583. The screens of the IB-581 are nearly identical to those of the IB-583 except cursor configuration. 7-4 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.3.2 Menu overview Selecting menus Press appropriate function key to open a menu. To display the File menu, for example, press the function key F1. File 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Printing 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format File menu Selecting menu items and options Menu items can be selected by pressing appropriate numeric key or selecting item desired with the arrow keys and pressing the Enter key. Menu options can be selected by operating the ← or → keys. After selecting option desired, press the Enter key to register your selection and close the menu. Closing menu Press the ESC key several times. To open the menu, press the function key to use. 7-5 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW 7.3.3 Function key description Function key [F1]: File menu The File menu is where you will create, open, save and print telex messages. Floppy disks are also formatted from this menu. File 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Printing 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format File menu 1: New Opens a new untitled window. 2: Open Opens files. 3: Close Closes files. 4: Delete Deletes files. 5: Rename Renames files. 6: Real Time Printing Turns real time printing on/off. 7: File to Print Prints files. 8: Cancel Printing Stops printing. 9: Clear Buffer Clears the communications buffer. 0: Floppy Disk Format Formats a floppy disk. 7-6 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Function key [F2]: Edit menu The Edit menu provides a full line of editing features. Edit 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text Edit menu 1: Undo Cancels the last change (cut, copy or paste). 2: Cut Removes the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text in the paste buffer is cleared.) 3: Copy Copies the selected text and stores it in the paste buffer. (Previous text in the paste buffer is cleared.) 4: Paste Inserts the text stored in the paste buffer at the current location of the cursor. 5: Select All Selects the entire current file for cut or copy. 6: Search Searches a file for a character string. 7: Replace Replaces a word with a different word or character string. 8: Goto Top Brings the cursor to the top line of the current file. 9: Goto Bottom Brings the cursor to last line of the current file. 0: Goto Line Moves the cursor to the desired line in the current file. A: Change Text Switches between the display window 1 and 2. 7-7 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Function key [F3]: Operate menu The Operate menu mainly controls transmitting and receiving. Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency Operate menu 1: Call Station Chooses a station from the station list. 2: Macro Operation Enables macro operation. For details, see paragraph 10.10. 3: File to Send Selects a file (to transmit). 4: Cancel Sending Stops sending a file. 5: Scan Start/Stop Starts/stops frequency scanning. 6: Manual Reception Selects communication mode for reception; AUTO, ARQ, FEC DIRC. 7: Timer Operation Timer programming. 8: Manual Calling Sets TX mode and subscriber’s ID number in manual calling. 9: Set Frequency Sets TX and RX frequencies in manual calling. 7-8 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Function key [F4]: Window menu The Window menu lets you display the corresponding data of the window below. Window 1: Calendar 2: Distress Frequency Table Window menu 1: Calendar Displays desired calendar month and year. To change year or month, choose item with ↑ or ↓ key and change setting with ← or → key. 2: Distress Frequency Table Displays all distress frequencies. Distress Frequencies Telephone (kHz): 2182.0 4125.0 6215.0 8291.0 12290.0 16420.0 NBDP (kHz) : 2174.5 4177.5 6268.0 8376.5 12520.0 16695.0 DSC (kHz) : 2187.5 4207.5 6312.0 8414.5 12577.0 16804.5 7-9 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Function key [F5]: Station menu The Station menu provides for storage of stations, timer program setup, user channel setup, and entry of various ID codes. Station 1: Station Entry 2: Timer Operation Entry 3: Scan Entry 4: User Channel Entry 5: Answerback Code Entry 6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit) 7: Group ID Entry (9 digit) 8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit) 9: Select ID Entry (9 digit) Station menu 1: Station Entry Registers stations. 2: Timer Operation Entry Registers timer programs. 3: Scan Entry Creates scan groups for scanning. 4: User Channel Entry Registers user channels. 5: Answerback Code Entry Registers own ship’s answerback code. 6: Group ID Entry Registers own ship’s group ID codes (4 or 5 digit). 7: Group ID Entry Registers own ship’s group ID codes (9 digit). 8: Select ID Entry Registers own ship’s selective ID codes (4 or 5 digit). 9: Select ID Entry Registers own ship’s selective ID codes (9 digit). 7-10 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Function key [F6]: System menu The System menu is mainly for use by technicians and contains diagnostic tests. To change settings, choose “Change” from the item “Setup” and operate arrow keys to choose item and option. Press the Enter key to register selection and close the menu. System Lock Change Default Setup Slave Delay 8 msec (0- 50 msec) TX/RX MSG Save Edit Before sending OFF O N OFF O N Time System Time & Date Window Color* Self Test OFF UTC SMT JST 2002/10/16 10:00:00 *: Display mode" shown on IB-581 Setup Slave Delay System menu Locks, changes settings; restores default system settings. Sets the length of the slave delay timing from the end of RX to the start of TX in the ARQ mode. The default setting is suitable in most cases. This item cannot be adjusted by the user. 3 char. RX ARQ mode signal sequence 3 char. RX Slave Delay Timing RX end ACK signal TX start TX/RX MSG Save Turn on to automatically save incoming and outgoing messages to a floppy disk. “Log” appears at the top of the screen when on. Edit Before sending “OFF” transmits keying operation one by one. “ON” transmits message only when the Enter key is pressed after confirming text typed. Time System Chooses time system. UTC: Coordinated universal time SMT: Local time JST: Japan standard time. Time & Date Enter date and time manually. If a navigation device is connected, the time is automatically set when the power is turned on or whenever the time system is switched. Manual entry takes priority over automatic entry. This item cannot be adjusted when using JST or UTC. 7-11 7. NBDP SYSTEM OVERVIEW Window Color (IB-583) Chooses display colors. To change display colors: 1. Choose the option Change from Setup. 2. Press the ↓ key to choose Window Color and press the Enter key. Window Color Change Window Color Setup Default Color To Change: ENTER To quit: ESC 3. The cursor is choosing Window Color Setup; press the Enter key. Window Color Setup Window : [BASE WINDOW ] Fore Color : [L-WHITE ] Back Color : [BLUE ] To Change: ENTER To Change Value: L<=>R 4. Press the → key to choose the item to change: BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-2, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3, MESSAGE. 5. Press the ↓ key to choose Fore Color. 6. Press the → key to choose color: L-WHITE, BLACK, BLUE, GREEN, CYAN, RED, MAGENTA, BROWN, WHITE, GRAY, L-BLUE, L-GREEN, L-CYAN, L-RED, L-MAGENTA, YELLOW. 7. Press the ↓ key to choose Back Color. 8. Press the → key to choose color. 9. Press the ↑ key to choose Window. 10. Repeat the step 4 to 9 to set other colors. 11. Press the Enter key followed by the Esc key. Display Mode (IB-581) Selects display mode to normal and reverse alternately. Self Test: Starts diagnostic test. Function key [F7]: WRU (Who Are You?): In the ARQ mode, requests other station’s answerback code. Function key [F8]: HR (Here Is): In the ARQ mode, sends your ship’s answerback code. Function key [F9]: OVER: In the ARQ mode, switches the direction of traffic; the information receiving station becomes the information sending station, the information sending station becomes the information receiving station. Function key [F10]: Break: Disconnects the line. 7-12 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS This chapter provides the procedures necessary for preparing the NBDP Terminal Unit for transmitting and receiving. For automatic telex, you will need to register the following: • • • • • Your ship’s ID and answerback codes Stations Timer programs Scan channel groups User channels 8.1 Registering Answerback Code & ID Codes Enter your ship’s answerback code and ID codes as shown below. Note: The answerback and ID codes cannot be changed once entered; be sure to enter the codes correctly. 8.1.1 Registering answerback code 1. Press the function key F5 and then the 5 key. The display should look something like the illustration below. Answerback Code Entry Answerback Code _ Answerback code entry screen 2. Enter your ship’s answerback code (max. 20 characters, including spaces) and press the Enter key. The prompt “OK/Cancel” asks for verification of data. If the code is correct, press the Enter key again. Note: Example of answerback code: 123456789 FURU X. 8-1 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears. Answerback Code Entry Answerback Code O K 123456789 FURU X Cancel Caution Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key. You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered. Message for confirmation of code entered 3. If the code is correct, press the Enter key again. 8.1.2 Registering ID codes 1. Press function key F5 and then the 6, 7, 8 or 9 key to enter the Group ID Code (4 or 5 digits), Group ID Code (9 digits), Select ID Code (4 or 5 digits) or Select ID Code (9 digits), respectively. Select ID Entry Select ID Code (4/5) _ ID code entry screen 2. Enter Group ID or Select ID as appropriate and then press the Enter key. A prompt asks you to verify data. If the ID is correct, press the Enter key. For final verification of the data, the Caution shown in the illustration below appears. Select ID Entry Select ID Code (4/5) 12345 O K Cancel Caution Confirm the 'CODE' before pressing ENTER key. You cannot change the CODE once it has been entered. Message for confirmation of code entered 3. If the ID is correct, press the Enter key again. 8-2 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS 8.2 Station List The station list provides for storage of up to 50 stations, one frequency pair (RX and TX) per station. For stations which have more than one frequency pair, you might add a suffix to the station name to denote multiple frequency pairs. For example, station name FURUNO followed by –1, -2, -3, etc. for each frequency pair required. 8.2.1 Registering stations 1. Press the function key F5 followed by the 1 key to show the Station Entry screen. Station Entry Station List Create Change Station Set Up Station : _ ID Code : Mode : ARQ FEC CH/Table : Channel ScanTable Num/Table: Station entry screen On the right-hand side of the screen, Create and Change are shown. Create should be underlined. If it is not, underline it by pressing →, ↑ and the Enter key. The cursor is now choosing Station. Enter station name, using up to 18 characters. Press the ↓ key to choose ID Code. Enter station ID code. Press the ↓ key to choose Mode. Choose communication mode with ← or → among the following: ARQ: Automatic Retransmission Request FEC: Forward Error Correction 6. Press the ↓ key to choose CH/Table. Choose Channel or ScanTable as appropriate. 7. Press the ↓ key to choose Num/Table. 2. 3. 4. 5. 8-3 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS 8. If you selected “Channel” at step 6, enter ITU channel number (see Appendix) or User channel number. 9. If you selected “ScanTable” at step 6, press the → key to show scan group list registered. For scan group, refer to paragraph 8.5. 10. Choose a scan group name by using the ↓ or ↑ key followed by pressing the Enter key. Scanning Group List INTREPID VOYAGER ▼ GLOBAL Scanning group list 11. Press the Enter key. The prompt OK/Cancel asks for verification of data. O K Cancel OK/Cancel prompt 12. If the data are correct, press the Enter key. (To cancel entry, place the cursor on Cancel by pressing the ↓ key, and then hit the Enter key. Data entered are erased.) The station name entered at step 3 appears at the Station List window. 13. To register other stations, press the Enter key twice and then repeat steps 3 through 10. 14. Press the ↓ key. Check data on the Station List for correctness. Stations displayed in reverse video on the Station List are displayed on Station Set Up. 15. Press the ESC key to quit. Note 1: If you enter a station which already exists, the indication “Station by that name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key to return to the Station List. Check the list. Note 2: If you enter an invalid code, the message “Input Error. (ID Code) Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and reenter ID code. 8.2.2 1. 2. 3. 4. Editing/Deleting stations Press the function key F5 and then the 1 key. Press the ↓ key to choose a station name from the Station List. Press the → key followed by ↓ key to choose Change and press the Enter key. Do one of the following; Edit station: Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make corrections. Delete station: Erase station name with the Backspace key. 5. Press the Enter key twice. 6. Press the Esc key. 8-4 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS 8.3 Timer Programming A built-in timer allows you to automatically receive and transmit files. 10 timer programs can be registered. To enable timer operation, see section 10-6. 8.3.1 Registering timer programs 1. Press the function key F5 and the 2 key to display the Timer Operation Entry screen. Timer Operation Entry Timer Operation List Create Change Timer Operation Set Up Operation Station Start Time Stop Time Receive/Send File to Send : _ : : 0: 00: 00 : 0: 00: 00 : Receive Send : Press [→] to show station list, file list. Timer operation entry screen 2. If Create is not underlined, press →, ↑ and the Enter key to underline it. 3. Operation is selected. Enter a suitable operation name on the Operation line. Any alphanumeric characters may be used. Note: If the operation name entered already exists, the display “Operation name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Press any key and change the operation name. 4. Press the ↓ key to choose Station. 5. Press the → key to display the Station List (which you registered stations in the previous paragraph.) 6. Choose a station and press the Enter key. 7. Press the ↓ key to choose Start Time. Enter start time, in 24-hour notation. To have the operation start at 8:35 a. m., for example, the keying sequence would be; 0 8 3 5 0 0 8. Press the ↓ key to choose Stop Time. Enter stop time, in 24-hour notation. 9. Press the ↓ key to choose Receive/Send. Choose operation category; Receive or Send. If you have chosen “Send,” go to step 10. For “Receive,” go to step 12. 10. For send, insert the floppy disk which you want to send in the floppy drive, press the ↓ key to choose File to Send. 11. Press the → key to display the TX window, choose a file, and press the Enter key twice. 12. Press the Enter key. 13. Press the Enter key. The operation name appears in the Timer Operation List. 14. To enter another timer program, press the Enter key twice and the repeat steps 3-11. 15. Press the Esc key to finish. 8-5 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS 8.3.2 1. 2. 3. 4. Editing/Deleting timer programs Press the function key F5 and the 2 key. Choose a timer program name from the Timer Operation List. Press the → key to choose Change and press the Enter key. Do one of the following; Edit program: Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make corrections. Delete program: Erase operation name with the Backspace key. 5. Press the Enter key twice. 6. Press the Esc key. 8.4 User Channels The user channel list provides storage for up to 100 user channels, numbered 0-99. Note that user channels may be used in channel scanning. 8.4.1 Registering user channels 1. Press the function key F5 and then the 4 key to show the User Channel Entry screen. User Channel Entry Channel List Create Change Channel Set Up Channel Tx Freq Rx Freq 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. : _ : : 0.00 0.00 User channel entry screen If Create is not underlined, press →, ↑ and the Enter key to underline it. Channel is selected. Enter channel number. Note 1: 100 channels may be registered. When you attempt to register more, the message “Channel memory is full. Press any key to escape.” Appears. In this case delete unnecessary channels to register new ones.) Note 2: If the channel entered already exists, the message “Channel by that number already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and then reenter number. Press the ↓ key to choose “Tx Freq.” Enter TX frequency. Press the ↓ key to choose “Rx Freq.” Enter RX frequency. Press the Enter key. The ”OK/Cancel” confirmation window appears. Press the Enter key. Channel number entered appears in the Channel List. To quit, press the Esc key. 8-6 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS 8.4.2 1. 2. 3. 4. Editing/Deleting user channels Press function key F5 and then the 4 key. Press the ↑ or ↓ key to choose channel from the Channel List. Press ↓ and → keys to choose Change and press the Enter key. Do one of the following: Edit channel: Use ↑, ↓ and the Backspace key to make modifications. Delete channel: Erase channel number with the Backspace key. 5. Press the Enter key twice. 6. Press the Esc key. 8.5 Scan Channel Groups You may store up to 10 scan groups, 20 channels per group. Note that scanning is only possible in the ARQ and FEC modes. The NBDP Terminal Unit can control radio equipment through channel scanning. In FEC mode, the radio equipment scans a number of channels (according to your selection), stopping when an incoming signal is found. In the ARQ mode it stops when your own ID code is detected in an incoming signal. Also, in the ARQ mode, the transmitter is then tuned to the corresponding transmitter frequency, the communication link is established and the traffic is automatically exchanged. Scanning resumes once the link is disconnected. 8.5.1 Registering scan channel groups You may register ITU and user scan channels as follows: 1. Press the function key F5 followed by the 3 key to display the Scan Entry screen. Scan Entry Scanning Group List Create Change Scanning Set Up Group Name Ch Dwell Time Mode Auto Search No 0 1 2 3 4 ▼5 Channel : : : : _ 4.5 sec (2.7-4.5 sec) AUTO ARQ FEC OFF ON Rx Freq Tx Freq Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Pass/Scan Scan entry screen 2. If Create is not underlined, press →, ↓ and the Enter key to underline it. 3. Group Name is selected. Enter suitable group name. (10 group names may be entered. If you attempt to enter more the message “Scan group memory is full. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and then delete unnecessary group names to enter 8-7 8. NBDP PREPARATIONS new ones. If the group name already exists, the message “Scan group by that name already exists. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and change the scan group name.) 4. Press the ↓ key to choose Ch Dwell Time. Enter channel dwell time in seconds. Dwell time is the time in seconds the receiver waits on each channel in a scan group before it selects the next frequency. 5. Press the ↓ key to choose Mode, and then choose the communication mode; AUTO, ARQ or FEC. Note: AUTO is used to register scanning channel group when both ARQ and FEC exist in the same Scanning Channel Group. When you choose scan group by the call station menu, set Mode to FEC. See paragraph 10.3. 6. Press the ↓ key to choose Auto Search. Choose Auto Search to ON or OFF. Auto Search ON: The radio stops scanning when it finds the strongest signal (highest S/N ratio). To find the strongest signal, the radio scans all channels, which may take some time. Therefore, use this setting where signal propagation is poor. Auto Search OFF: The radio stops scanning on the first signal it finds. We recommend that you set Auto Search to OFF when signal propagation is good. 7. Press the ↓ key to choose line no. 1 in the Scanning Set Up window. 8. Enter channel number (ITU or user channels) and press the → key to choose “Scan.” (If you enter an invalid channel, the message “ Channel by that number does not exist. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Press any key and reenter channel.) 9. Press the ↓ key to choose line No. 2. Enter channel number. 10. Enter other channel numbers and then press the Enter key. A confirmation message appears. 11. Press the Enter key again to save the data. The group name is displayed in the Scanning Group List window. 12. To continue, press the Enter key twice and then repeat steps 3-10. 13. Press the Esc key to quit. 8.5.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Editing/Deleting scan channel groups Press the function key F5 and the 3 key. Choose scan group name from the Scanning Group List. Press the → key to choose Change and press the Enter key. Press the ↓ key to place the cursor on the field (channel) to change. Do one of the following: Editing channels: Press the Backspace key to delete the channel number and then enter new channel number. Adding channels: Enter channel number on a blank line. Deleting scan group: Delete group name with the Backspace key. Disabling channels temporarily: Press the ← key to underline Pass. 6. Press the Enter key twice. 7. Press the ESC key. 8-8 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS This chapter mainly describes how to create, save, open, edit and print files. The Edit menu provides a full lineup of editing facilities, including search and replace. 9.1 Opening and Closing Files To create a telex message you will need to make a new file, which you do with the File Open command. When you open a new file it is placed (opened) in one of two working areas. When both working areas are occupied you must close a file to open a new file. This is done with the File Close command. Floppy Disk Memory File 1 1 File 2 2 One of two Display Unit's Memory (Working area) File 3 Display Switchable from "Change Text" on Edit menu How a file is opened 9.2 Creating Files 1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu. File 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Printing 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format File menu 2. Press the 1 key to choose New. The title bar shows UNTITLED 1 or UNTITLED 2. The cursor marks the location where you may type text. 3. Type your message. 9-1 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS Note: Do not use lower case letters, or the symbols #, &, *, $ and % in telex messages. Also, do not put “$$$” in the middle of a TX message, but at the end. The communication line is automatically disconnected when this string is detected. 9.3 Saving a File Use only 2HD type floppy disks. Insert floppy disk with care. Rough handling can destroy the information stored inside. To eject a disk, press the eject button on the right side of the floppy disk drive and then remove the disk. Do not eject a disk while the operating lamp is lit; the contents of the disk may become damaged. Hole opened: Write protect Write-protect Tab Write-Protect Tab 9.3.1 Formatting floppy disks Before you can save a file to a floppy disk, the disk must be formatted. Formatting prepares the disk for use in the system. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press function key F1, and insert a new floppy disk in the disk drive. Press the 0 key to choose Floppy Disk Format. Press the ↑ key to choose Yes. Press the Enter key. For the IB-581, insert a new floppy disk in the drive Press the Enter key. For the IB-583, the screen shows formatting progress as below. Floppy Disk Format 9% 6. After formatting has been completed, the following occurs; IB-581: You are asked “Format another (Y/N)?” Press N and Enter to quite. IB-583: Control is returned to the standby screen. 9-2 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS 9.3.2 Saving a file 1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu. 2. Press the 3 key. The screen should look something like the illustration at right. Close Text Save file ? Yes ( UNTITLED1 ) No Close text screen 3. Yes is selected; press the Enter key. 4. Enter file name, using up to eight characters. You may use any alphabet or numeric on the keyboard. But you may not use the symbols shown below. You may add an extension at the end of the file name, for example, .TXT, to distinguish text files from macro files. ! | : " > < ; 5. Press the Enter key. 9.4 Editing Files 9.4.1 Cutting and pasting text You can delete, move and copy text by using the Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the Edit menu. Edit 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text Edit menu 9-3 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS Cutting text 1. Place the cursor on the first character of the text to be cut. 2. Highlight the text to be cut by pressing and holding the Shift key while pressing the →. If you highlight text which you do not want to cut, press the ← to adjust the highlight. <[1]UNTITLED1> CONGULATULATION ON YOUR CHOICE OF DP-6 INMARSAT B MOBILE EARTH STATION. WE ARE CONFIDENT THAT YOU WILL ENJOY MANY YEARS OF OPERATION WITH THIS FINE PIECE OF EQUIPMENT The highlight 3. Press the function key F2 and the 2 key, or the Delete key. The highlighted text is cut and the remaining text is reformatted. If you make a mistake, you can restore the text by immediately selecting Undo from the Edit menu. Pasting text To paste the cut text to a new location, do the following: 1. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the cut text is to start. 2. Press the function key F2 and the 4 key, or the Insert key. 9.4.2 Copying and pasting text You may copy a portion of text and paste it elsewhere. 1. Choose the text to copy. (See “cutting text” above for the procedure.) 2. Press the function key F2 and the 3 key. The text selected is copied to the paste buffer memory where the cut or copied text is stored. The display returns to the normal screen. 3. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the copied text is to start. 4. Press the function key F2 and the 4 key. 9-4 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS 9.4.3 Select all The Select All feature lets you select all of the file currently displayed. This feature can be useful when you want to combine files. The procedure below explains how to place the file loaded in working area 1 onto the end of the file loaded in working area 2. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Load the file to be copied from a floppy disk in working area 1. Press the function key F2 and the 5 key. The entire file appears in inverse video. Press the function key F2 and the 3 key. The file is placed in the paste buffer memory. Load the file to be combined in working area 2. Place the cursor at the exact spot in the message where the text now in the paste buffer memory is to start and press the Insert key. Working Area 1 1 Open file 3 Open file Floppy Disk Paste Buffer Memory 2 Transfer (copy) Holds cut or copied text Working Area 2 4 Paste (Combine) Copy and paste flow diagram 9.4.4 Searching text The Search feature lets you search for text in a forward or backward direction. 1. Display a text and press the function key F2 and the 6 key. The Search display appears. Search Dir Forward Search string : Backward ESC: Quit Search screen 2. Type the word you want to find. Press the → key. Use ↑ or ↓ to choose “Forward” or “Backward” to search the file in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. Press the Enter key to begin the search. When the unit finds the word, the cursor stops at the first character of the word. Press the Enter key to continue the search. If the string could not be found, the message “Not Found (To quit: ESC)” appears. Press the Esc key to quit. 9-5 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS 9.4.5 Replacing text The Replace feature helps you replace every occurrence of a word or phase with another word or phase in a file. 1. Press the function key F2 and the 7 key. The Replace display appears. Replace Dir Search string : Forward Forward --------------Replace with : Backward Mode Query All To quit: ESC Replace screen 2. 3. 4. 5. Type the word you want to replace on the “Search string” line. Press the ↓ key to choose “Replace with.” Type the new word. Press the → key. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose Forward or Backward to search the file in a forward or backward direction respectively from the cursor position. 6. Press the → key. 7. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose whether you want to be queried or not each time the word is found. Query: Stop at each occurrence of word to answer yes or no to replacement. All: Replace every occurrence of word without stopping to confirm. 8. Press the Enter key to start the replacement. 9.4.6 Goto line The Goto line feature places the cursor at the head of a line desired. 1. Press the function key F2 and the 0 key. The following display appears. Goto Line Jump to Line No. : Goto line screen 2. Key in line number and press the Enter key. The cursor shifts to the head of the line selected. 9.4.7 Goto top, Goto bottom You can easily go to the top or bottom line of a file. Press F2, 8 to go to the top line; press F2, 9 to go to the bottom line. Note that this feature can also be executed on the editor screen by pressing the Home or End key while pressing the Fn key. 9-6 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS 9.5 Opening Files Two working areas (called working area 1 and working area 2) are provided to which you can load a file, and one file may be displayed on the LCD. 9.5.1 Opening a file 1. Insert the floppy disk which contains the file you want to open. 2. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu. 3. Press the 2 key. A chronological list of files on the floppy disk appears. Open Text Load/Merge(TAB:Change) [A:\TEST1. ] File name Size Date & Time LOG File 52 02-10-15 17:25 TEST1. 120 02-10-15 16:30 TEST2. 151 02-10-15 9:25 TEST3. 180 02-10-15 20:16 NBDP 169 02-10-15 6:23 [ End of Directory 4 Files exist To select : ENTER ] 1454000 bytes free To view : SPACE To quit : ESC 4. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file. 5. Press the Enter key. The file appears and the title bar shows the file name. You may repeat this procedure to load another file into a working area. Note: When two working areas have been opened, the close confirmation window appears. In this case, choose Yes or No and press the Enter key to close an open file in order to open another file. 9.5.2 Switching between files Two files can be opened and one displayed on the LCD. To switch between files do the following: 1. Press the function key F2. 2. Press the A key to switch between files. 9.6 Renaming Files To rename a file, do the following: 1. Press the function key F1. 2. Press the 5 key. 3. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file and press the Enter key. 9-7 9. NBDP FILE OPERATIONS 4. Enter a new name. 5. Press the Enter key. 9.7 Saving a File Under a New Name You may save a file under a new name as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Open a file. Edit the file as necessary. Press the function key F1. Press the 3 key to save the file. Press the Y key. Press the Backspace key to erase the original name and then enter a new name. Press the Enter key. 9.8 Deleting Files Insert appropriate floppy disk in the drive and do the following to delete unnecessary files. 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key F1. Press the 4 key. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose the file to delete and then press the Enter key. Press the Enter key again. (To cancel, press the ↓ key to select NO followed by the Enter key.) 9.9 Real Time Printing An incoming or outgoing message can be printed out while it is being received or transmitted. 1. Press the function key F1 to display the File menu. 2. Press the 6 key to turn real time printing on/off. When the real time printing is on, “Print” appears in reverse video at the top of the display. 9.10 Printing Files You can print files stored on floppy disks as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. Press the function key F1. Press the 7 key. Use the ↑ or ↓ key to choose a file and press the Enter key. Press the Y key. To stop printing at any time, press F1 and 8 keys. If the file could not be printed, “Cannot print. Check connection between printer and terminal. Press any key to escape.” Is displayed. 9-8 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING This chapter mainly shows you how to transmit and receive telex messages. 10.1 Manual Calling NOTICE Before calling, watch the intended TX frequency carefully to confirm that is unoccupied. The simplest way to communicate with a telex subscriber is Manual Calling. For the ARQ mode, you may display beforehand the message to send, or type your message manually. 1. Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu. Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency Operate menu 2. Press the 9 key to choose Set Frequency. Set Frequency Tx Freq: 0.00 RX Freq: 0.00 Set frequency screen 3. Input Tx and Rx frequency pair. 4. Press the Enter key. 10-1 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 5. Press the function key F3 again and then the 8 key to choose Manual Calling. The following screen appears. Manual Calling Mode : ARQ FEC ID : Manual calling screen 6. Use the ← or → key to choose appropriate communication mode. 7. Press the ↓ key and input party’s ID number. 8. Press the Enter key to connect the communication line. “Channel Busy Check” appears. If the line is free, “Connect”, “Send” and “Lock” appear in highlight as below. Further, “HT” (High Tension) also appears when the line is connected. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : HT Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) For ARQ mode, go to step 9. For FEC mode, type your message and go to step 13. 9. Press the function key F7 (WRU). The party’s answerback code appears on the screen. Note: Step 9 and 10 are needed for ship-to-ship calling only. 10. Press the function key F8 (HR). Your ship’s answerback code is sent to the party. 11. Press the Enter key and type your message. 12. If you want to receive other party’s response, press the function key F9 (Over). 13. Press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line. 10-2 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.2 ARQ Mode Operation In ARQ operation, one station (information sending station) sends data to another block by block, then listens for the acknowledge signal between blocks from the information receiving station which requests either the next block or retransmission of the last block if there is error. The request may be repeated up to 32 times, until the complete block is received free of error. Establishing connection 1. Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu. Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency 2. Press the 1 key to choose Call Station. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-01-15 14:41:09 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : CHOUSHI-8M Call Station Comm Mode :AQW Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Status : Connect Mark Space Station ListSend Lock Error Station Setup Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) Station : ABC-4M ABC-4M ID Code : 45678 ABC-6M Mode : ARQ FEC ABC-12M CH/Table : Channel Scantable ABC-8M Num/Table: FURUNO Call Station menu 3. Choose a station. (Station must be registered for use in the ARQ mode). Press the Enter key. The message “Calling Station” appears. If the message shown below appears, check both the power of the radiotelephone and the connections between the radiotelephone and the NBDP Terminal Unit. “Station calling suspended. Check interconnections between the terminal and main units. Press any key to escape.” 4. When an acknowledge signal is detected, “Connect” appears in reverse video on the communication status display. 10-3 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Note: If signal conditions are poor, connection may take a while. If the line could not be connected in one minute, calling stops and “Calling failed” appears. Try step 3 again, one minute later. Should signal conditions worsen during message transmission, “Error” appears in reverse video and 30 seconds later the line is disconnected. 5. Transmit message by one of the following methods: Sending a file stored on a floppy disk 1. Press the function key F7 (WRU) to receive the answerback code of the other station. Verify that the code from the station called is correct. 2. Press the function key F8 (HR) to transmit your own identity (answerback code). 3. Press the function key F3 and then the 3 key to display the Send file screen. 4. Choose file to send and press the Enter key. 5. Press the Enter key again. Send File [A:\TEST1. File name LOG File TEST1. TEST2. TEST3. NBDP [ ] Size Date & Time 52 02-10-15 17:25 120 02-10-10 16:30 151 02-10-11 09:25 180 02-10-11 20:16 169 02-10-12 06:23 End of Directory 4 Files exist To select : ENTER ] 1454000 bytes free To view : SPACE To quit : ESC Send file screen Sending volume (percentage of message transmitted, counts upward as the message is being transmitted), ARQ error count and ARQ transmission time appear on the display. “Lock” appears in reverse video when the mark and space signals in the receive signal are normal. “ARQ Error” shows the number of times error was found during transmission. “ARQ Time” is the time in seconds the communication line has been established. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:14:28 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : HT Frequency (T/R) : 8765.00 / 8965.00(kHz) Comm Mode :ARQ Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) Communication status display 6. After the message is transmitted, press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line. Type a message from the keyboard 1. After exchanging answerback code by the function key F7 (WRU) and F8 (HR), type your message directly from the keyboard. 2. To change direction of traffic, press the function key F9 (OVER), or +, ? in order. Then, the other station becomes the information sending station, your station becomes the 10-4 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING information receiving station. 3. Receive a message from the sending station. 4. After completion of communication, press the function key F7 (WRU) key to receive the answerback code of the other station and then press the function key F8 (HR) to transmit your own answerback code. 5. Press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line. Stopping transmission 1. Press the function key F3 and then the 4 key. “Canceled Sending” appears on the screen. Transmission is stopped but the line is still connected. 2. To disconnect the line, press the F10 key. 10.3 FEC Mode Operation The FEC mode transmits the same data twice to yield less errors. Compared to the ARQ mode, the FEC mode is better at communicating with weak signals. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Press the function key F3. Press the 1 key to display the Call Station menu. Choose a station which is registered for the FEC mode. Press the Enter key. “CONNECT” appears in reverse video. Transmit a message directly from the keyboard, or do the following to transmit a message stored on a floppy disk: Press the function key F3 and the 1 key to choose File to Send. Choose file to send and then press the Enter key. 6. After the message is transmitted, press the function key F10 (Break) to disconnect the line. 10.4 Choosing Receive Mode 1. Press the function key F3 and then the 6 key. 2. Choose receive mode: AUTO: Automatic reception in ARQ or FEC mode ARQ: International radiotelex ARQ mode FEC: International radiotelex FEC mode DIRC: Receive message from teleprinter 3. Press the Enter key. The reception mode appears on the screen. All received (and transmitted) messages are saved to a floppy disk when “TX/RX MSG Save” is ON in the System menu. The file is automatically named as follows. 02 01 13 0 0. X X X Year month date Serial number from 000 10-5 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.5 Communication Example Call the coast station following the procedure in paragraph 10.2. Then, communicate with the coast station. Below is a communication example. Call completed, connected with coast station 12345 KOBE X If this is your first communications with a particular coast station, the coast station asks for you selcall no. ship name, call sign and AAIC (your enterprises name for which to charge to charge toll call. That registers you with the coast station. Thereafter, if your answerback code is correct automatic transmission is possible. Selcall No. Ship name or call sign 1480 HKRDO VRX MOM GA+? OPR+ MOM 1480 HKRDO VRX 12345 KOBE X KOBE DE HKRDO GOOD MORNING NW NIL QRV GA+? GM NW QTC1+? QRV K GA+? Teleprinting Over Radio (Message TX starts.) NR 9004 Msg No. TO: TELEX 1234567 FURUNO JAPAN OFFICE INT. DEP. SEC-1 MANAGER FM: KOBE MARU/12345 KOBE X TEXT:Type message. TOR KKKK QSL +? End message. KOBE DE HKRDO QSL NR9004 TKS NW NIL +? TKS Own answerback code Automatically sent from Coast station (ex. Hong Kong) Type at your side within 30 s. (Call operator manually.) Message from coast station (Wait. From HKRDO to KOBE. Nothing to send. Do you have anything to send?) Type at your side (GM=Good Morning. I have a message for you.) From coast station. (Send your message.) Type at your side (To send a message file, type MOM before TOR and wait awhile.) Receiver: Telex no.1234567 FURUNO ELEC. CO. Sende: KOBE MARU Type message Message finished. Can you acknowledge receipt) From coast station From HKRD0 to KOBE. Received NR9004. Thank you. No more to send. NW NIL BIBI +? TKS SEE YOU LATER BIBI Coast station disconnects the line. Communications example 10-6 To send message to ship Type at your ship (Thank you. I have nothing to send. Bye Bye. From coast station Thank you. See you later.) 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Table of abbreviations Abbreviation Question Answer or Advice QRA What is the name your station? The name of my station is · · · · . QRC By what private enterprise are the accounts for charges for your station settled? The accounts for my station are settled by the private enterprise · · · · . QRU Have you any thing for me? I have nothing for you. QRV Are you ready? I am ready. QRX When will you call me again? I will call you again at · · · · hours [on · · · · kHz]. QSJ What is the charge to be collected to · The charge to be collected to · · · · · · · including your internal charge? including my internal charge is · · · · frans · · · · . QSL Can you acknowledge receipt? I can acknowledge receipt. Q SX Will you listen to · · · · [call sign] on · · · · kHz? I am listening to · · · · [call sign] on · · · · kHz. QTA Shall I cancel message number · · · · ? Cancel message number · · · · QTC How many messages have you to send? I have · · · · message for you. QTU What are the hours your station is open? My station is open from · · · · to · · · · hours. Abbreviation Definition BK Signal used to interrupt a transmission progress. CFM Confirm DE "From · · · · " K Invitation to transmit. NIL I have nothing to send to you. NW Now PSE Please R Received REF Reference to · · · · . SVC Prefix indicating a service telegram. 10-7 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Command and abbreviation Command Function TGM+ To indicate that the following message is a radiotelegram. MSG+ To indicate that the ship station needs to be connected immediately any message held. OPR+ Call operator. URG+ Safety, urgency and distress message. MED+ Request medical advice. TEST+ Request coast station to send a test message for checking the ship station. BRK+ To clear the connection with the coast station. Abbreviation GA+ I am ready. Transmit your command. MOM Wait a moment. MSG+ Request pending messages from the shore. KKKK or NNNN Terminate a message. Typo XXXXX 10.6 Timer Operation A built-in timer permits automatic transmission and reception of telex messages. 10.6.1 1. 2. 3. 4. Enabling timer operation Press the function key F3 to display the Operate menu. Press the 7 key to display the Timer Operation List. Choose the operation (name) you wish to execute. Press the Enter key. An asterisk appears beside the operation selected and “T. Op” appears in reverse video on the communication status display. If a file stored on a floppy disk is to be sent, be sure the floppy disk containing the file is inserted in the drive. Timer Operation List *1 2 3 OP4 OP5 Timer operation list 5. Choose another operation (name) if desired. 6. Press the Esc key. 10-8 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING When the predetermined time comes, the NBDP Terminal Unit automatically sends or receives the message. The results of timer operation are displayed as either OK or NG (No Good) on the Timer Operation List. Timer Operation List *1 2 *3 *OP4 *OP5 OK OK OK NG Timer operation list 10.6.2 Stopping timer operation 1. Press the function key F3. 2. Press the 7 key. 3. Choose the operation (name) which has an asterisk attached to it and then press the Enter key. Remove all asterisks to cancel all timer programs. 10.7 Scanning The radio equipment scans a group of operator-selected frequencies (channels), and stops scanning when an signal is received. For registering scan group, see paragraph 8.5. 1. Press the function key F3 and then the 5 key to show the Scanning Group List on your screen. You can confirm the scan channel by pressing the ↑ or ↓ key while pressing the Shift key. Scanning Group List *1 2 3 Scanning group list 2. Choose a scan group and press the Enter key. 3. The scanning starts and the indication “Scan” appears in reverse video. Further, the name of the scan group appears in the Station Name field. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break 2002-09-08 2:01:46 UTC Caps-Eng Station Name : SAITO-1 Scan HT Frequency (T/R) : 8344.00 / 8705.00(kHz) Comm Mode : Auto Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Sending Volume : 100(%) ARQ Error : 0 ARQ Time : 0(sec) Communication status display 4. To stop scanning, press the function key F3 and then the 5 key. “Scan” disappears on the communication status display. 10-9 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.8 Communication Buffer The communication buffer is a temporary memory which stores transmit and receive messages. To display the contents of the communication buffer, do the following: 1. Escape from the message creation screen. 2. Press the ↓ key while pressing the Fn key or the ↑ key pressing the Fn key. The contents of the communication buffer are displayed. To print them, press the Ctrl and P keys simultaneously. To erase the contents from the screen, press the ↓ key at the bottom line. To erase the contents of the buffer, press the F1 and 9 keys. 10.9 Preparing Macrofiles for Automatic Telex 10.9.1 Automatic telex overview This section shows you how to communicate with a coast station which handles automatic telex transmission, using macrofiles. You will also need to register communication channels and stations, and prepare macrofiles. Coast stations using automatic telex are MCI Marine Services (North America), Sydney Radio (Australia), Lyngby Radio (Denmark), and others. The procedure is mostly common to all coast stations, however refer to the coast station’s traffic manual for details. INTERNATIONAL TELEX NETWORK SHIP STORE-ANDFORWARD DIRECT DIALING MULTIADDRESS CENTRAL SYSTEM SUB-STATION SYSTEM CONTROL Sample automatic telex network The service available in automatic telex are Message transfer between ship and coast station (store-and-forward) Connection with landline telex (direct dialing) Multi address. 10-10 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.9.2 Preparations To use automatic telex, you will need to register three items: • Answerback code • Scan groups • Station names Registering answerback code The coast station assigns a Telex number. This number functions as an answerback code. An answerback code contains the following: OOOOO SHIP X OOOOO: Coast station-assigned five-digit telex code SHIP: Ship name X: For shipboard station, normally X is entered. The procedure for registering the answerback code is the same as which appears on page 8-1. If an answerback code was registered before the commissioning of the coast station, a new answerback code must be entered. To enter a new answerback code, contact FURUNO or an authorized FURUNO agent or dealer. Registering scan groups The central system emits a free-signal to indicate a coast station radio channel is in idle condition and available for ship-to-shore calls. The free-signal is detected and recognized by the shipboard equipment as a permission to start the transmission. Then, the shipboard operator initiates a call. You can scan search for the free-signal automatically by registering coast station radio channels in scan group(s). The procedure for registering scan groups for coast station use is the same as that which appears on page 8-7. Registering stations The next step is to enter station name. The procedure is the same as that shown on page 8-3. 10-11 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.9.3 Commands The tables which follows describe the commands for macro operation Command (Prefixed with @) CALL Parameter Content S: Station Name FREE (support command for CALL) Two digits, 0-99 min. Calling station name and ID on assigned parameter Free-signal searching time according to assigned parameter (default setting: 10 min) Detect free signal of dot pattern Calling according to assigned parameter (default setting: 10 min) For receiving a message (designated by parameter) transmitted by coast station Time allotted for reception of message by CASE command Text transmitted according to assigned parameters Send a file from floppy disk Function keys F7 – F10 RETRY (support command for CALL) CASE TIMEOUT (support command for CALL) SEND WRU HR OVER BREAK DISPLAY INPUT $RRR$ signal Two digits, 0-99 min. Text Two digits, 0-99 min. Text A: file name None Text None Text of message appears Waiting for keyboard input Transmit keyboard input message Commands processed by Danish coast station Lyngby Command Function BRK+ Disconnection communications line DIRTLX ……+ Direct dialing telex (receive only) KKKK Terminate message LTR+ For telex letters mailed from Operations Station to destinations worldwide MED+ Request medical advice OPR+ Requesting operating assistance POS+ Send position data STA+ Status requested on a store-and-forward message TLX ……+ Store-and-forward method For details, consult the coast station’s traffic manual. 10-12 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.9.4 Store-and-forward method The following is the sequence of events in transmission of a file by the store-and-forward method. 1. 2. 3. 4. Shipboard station sends message to coast station. Coast station stores message in memory buffer. Shipboard station and coast station clear the radio circuit. Coast station sends message to subscriber designated. Actual procedure for store-and-forward telex No. Procedure 1 Call a coast . station. 2 Transmit WRU signal. 3 Display Remarks CONNECT appears in re verse video (and bell sounds). Free-signal found; radio circuit ready. 00190 TLG DK 26 X X X SHIP X GA+? Initial identity exchange between coast station and shipboard station MSG+? Request to start message transmission Key in subscriber's Telex number. Example: (Hong Kong) 12345 TLX80212345+ 4 Transmit file. 5 When transmission is completed, type KKKK. 6 Transmit BREAK command to clear radio circuit. Message transmission 26 X X X SHIP X 00190 TLG DK GA+? Transmit your answerback code. Receive other party's answerback code. 10-13 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Procedure for preparing a macrofile for store-and-forward method You will need a macrofile to enable automatic message transmission by store-and-forward method. After preparing it, save it to a floppy disk for future use. 1. Press function key F1 to display the File menu. 2. Press the 1 key. 3. Prepare macrofile. Below is simple example. < [1] UNTITLED1 > @FREE $RRR$ 1 @CALL S:LYNGBY RADIO 2 @WRU @CASE GA+? 3 @SEND TLX80212345+ @CASE MSG+? @SEND A: \ABC 4 @SEND KKKK 5 @CASE GA+? @SEND BRK+ 1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found 2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO) Who are you? Station identity exchange 3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 802 is country code of Hong Kong) for store-and-forward method 4 Location and name of file message A: ABC 5 Request for termination of message Sample macrofile for store-and-forward method 4. Press function key F1 to display the File menu. 5. Press the 3 key. The Close Text appears on the display. close Text Save File? Yes No (UNTITLED 1) Close text prompt 10-14 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 6. Press the Enter key and enter a file name as follows: OOOOOOOO.MCR ↑ ↑ File Name Extension Name (max. 8 characters) 7. Press the Enter key. DIRTLX macrofile Sample DIRTLX macrofile @FREE $RRR$ 1 @CALL S: LYNGBY RADIO 2 @WRU @CASE GA+? @SEND DIRTLX725644325+ 3 @CASE MSG+? @SEND A: \ABC 4 @SEND KKKK 5 @CASE GA+? @SEND BRK+ 1 Search dot pattern free signal until it is found 2 Station name (Example: LYNGBY RADIO) Who are you? Station identity exchange 3 Subscriber's Telex number (in example, 72 is country code of JAPAN) for direct dialing mode 4 Location and name of file message A: ABC 5 Request for termination of message Sample DIRLTX macrofile 10-15 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Procedure for DIRTLX No. Procedure 1 Call a coast . station. 2 Transmit WRU signal. 3 Remarks CONNECT appears in re verse video (and bell sounds). Free-signal found; radio circuit ready. 00190 TLG DK 26 X X X SHIP X GA+? Initial identity exchange between coast station and shipboard station 12:20 MOM 5644325 FURUNO J MSG+ Request to start message transmission Key in subscriber's Telex number. Example: (Japan) 5644325 DIRTLX725644325+ 4 Transmit file. 5 When transmission is completed, type KKKK. 6 Transmit BREAK command to clear radio circuit. 10-16 Display Message transmission 26 X X X SHIP X 5644325 FURUNO J 00190 TLG DK DURATION ... TIME ... GA+? Transmit your answerback code. Receive other party's answerback code. 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING 10.10 Automatic Telex using Macrofile This section describes how to transmit a telex message using a macrofile. Basic procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. Register answerback code (Telex number assigned by coast station). Register coast station frequency and channel to scan group. Register station name including scan group name. Retrieve appropriate macrofile. Include station name and message file name. Type message and save file to memory. 5. Open macro operation menu and select a macrofile. Your message will be transmitted automatically. Below is the sequence of automatic message transmission to a coast station. 6. Search for free-signal 7. Call coast station on one of its radio channels 8. After connection is established, identity exchange 9. Transmission of service category and subscriber’s address 10. Transmission of message 11. Transmission of termination of message signal a) Identity exchange b) Clearing of radio circuit Actual procedure 1. Press function key F3 to display the Operate menu. Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency Operate menu 2. Press the 2 key to display the Call Macro screen. 10-17 10. NBDP TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING Call Macro [A:\TEST1. File name ] Size LYNGBY1.MCR [ 169 Date & Time 02-10-13 06:23 End of Directory 1 Files exist To select : ENTER ] 1454000 bytes free To view : SPACE To quit : ESC Call macro screen 3. Press the ↓ key to choose a macrofile. 4. Press the Enter key. Call Macro: Lyngby1.MCR Yes Call OK? No Press the Enter key to confirm the macrofile selected. The Wait for Free Signal indication appears. Your message will be transmitted automatically. 10-18 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING NOTICE WARNING Do not apply paint, anti-corrosive sealant or contact spray to coating or plastic parts of the equipment. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Do not open the equipment. Only qualified personnel should work inside the equipment. 11.1 Those items contain organic solvents that can damage coating and plastic parts, especially plastic connectors. Radiotelephone Test Do the following to check the radiotelephone for proper operation. 1. At the RT or Scan screen, press the 3/TEST key to show the following window. Which test do you carry out? CANCEL DAILY SELFCHECK 2. For the self check, choose SELF CHECK and push the ENTER knob to start the test. OK or NG (No Good) appears as the test result for each item checked. For NG, contact your dealer for advice. Tx selfcheck Tx selfcheck PLL : OK RF : OK TX FIL PA : OK COUPL : OK Tx selfcheck PLL : OK RF : OK PLL : OK RF PA1 : OK PA2 : OK PA1 : OK PA2 : OK PA3 : OK PA4 : OK COMB1: OK COMB2: OK COMB : OK COUPL : OK : OK COMB : OK COUPL : OK TX FIL : OK : OK TX FIL : OK (FS-1570) (FS-2570) (FS-5070) 3. Press the CANCEL key to quit the test and return to the previously used screen. 4. Choose DAILY and push the ENTER knob to show the Daily test display. After several seconds, the test shows results. Daily test Daily test JUL-26-2006-18:10 MAIN : 0550225-01 PANEL 1 : 0550222-01 PANEL 2 : 0550222-01 DSC : 0550207-01 NBDP : 0550208-01 Rotate the ENTER knob. RCVR1 RCVR2 TRX : OK* : OK* : OK* RCVR1, RCVR2, TRX: Printed circuit board *: If "NG", ask your dealer. 5. Confirm the RCVR1, RCVR2 and TRX are indicated “OK”. If “NG” (No Good) appears, ask your dealer. 6. Press the CANCEL key to close the test screen. 11-1 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING 11.2 Maintenance Regular maintenance is vital for maintaining performance. Following the procedures below will help keep the equipment in top operating condition. Maintenance check points Item Check Point Remedy/Remarks Antenna Check for physical damage and Replace damaged parts. corrosion. Wire Check that the antenna is properly If necessary, re-span antenna. antenna spanned and separated sufficiently from metallic structures. Insulators Check for salt water deposits on Replace damage insulators. Remove for antenna insulators. Check that connection at salt water deposits. Clean with fresh the lead-in insulator is tight and water, then dry. Remove rust, then rust-free. tighten bolts and lock nuts. Cover metallic surface with sealing compound. Antenna • Check condition of antenna terminal, • Tighten loosened ground, coaxial cable and control connections. coupler cable. • Fasten lid firmly and evenly to • Check that coupler lid and cable prevent water leakage. glands are firmly secure. • Replace if damaged. Check for physical damage, corrosion and salt water deposits. Control • Check ground connection, control • Tighten loosened cable, and external equipment. connections; remove foreign unit Confirm that there are no objects on material from connectors. the top of the control unit. • Remove any objects. • Remove dust from control unit with • Wipe the LCD carefully to soft cloth. prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD Note: Do not use chemical cleaners to cleaner. To remove dirt or salt clean the control unit; they can remove deposits, use an LCD cleaner, paint or markings or deform the wiping slowly with tissue equipment. paper so as to dissolve the dirt or salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the LCD. Transceiver • Check connection at signal cable, • Tighten loosened connections; coaxial cable, control cable, power remove foreign material from unit cable, and navigator. connectors. • Confirm that there are no objects on • Remove any objects. the top of the cabinet. Power supply • Check that the supply voltage at • If not within the range, check transmission is within the rated range ship’s mains or ship’s battery. (21.6 to 31.2 VDC at the power Low voltage may cause connector). erratic operation. 11-2 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING 11.3 Simple Troubleshooting The table below provides possible problems and the means with which to restore normal operation. If normal operation cannot be restored, do not attempt to check inside the equipment. Any servicing should be referred to a qualified technician. Problem Power cannot be turned on. Display indications do not appear but key lamps are lit. Power is on but no sound from loudspeaker. Poor articulation Output power reduced to LOW Antenna coupler cannot tune antenna Probable cause • Mains switchboard may be off. • (DC) voltage is too high. • Battery may have discharged, or poor contact at terminals. • Contrast is too low. Remedy • Turn on the mains switchboard. • Check supply voltage. • Recharge battery and tighten battery terminals. key to adjust • Operate the 9/ contrast. • Loudspeaker is off. • Operate the 7/ loudspeaker. • Wrong class of emission may be in use. • Power is automatically reduced to protect against overheating due to continuous transmission. • Antenna may be disconnected or shorted to ground. • Antenna is out of tunable length. • Poor grounding of antenna coupler. • Breaker in coupler has tripped. • Connection cable loosened or disconnected. • Input has been switched from AC to DC when AC FAIL line of AC/DC power supply unit PR-850A is connected to FS-5070. • Class of emission should match that of incoming signal. • Wait until the unit returns to normal condition. The message “Ship’s mains failure” appears, and Output power indicator blinks. Transmission power is decreased to LOW2. (FS-5070 only) After turning on • After turning on the NBDP the power, the terminal unit, you have turned initial screen on the control unit. appears continuously. (The RT screen should appear after the initial screen is erased.) key to turn on the • Check antenna connection. • Recommended length is 10 to 18 meters. • Check coupler ground. • Checks mains voltage and polarity. If normal, reset breaker. • Check cable. • Press the CANCEL key. The output power can be increased on the RT display. Note that the output power remains “HIGH” when it occurs while sending the distress call. When AC power is restored, this problem is automatically resolved. • Turn on the control unit before turning on the NBDP terminal unit. 11-3 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING 11.4 Error Messages The table below shows error messages, their meanings, and remedies. If oter error occurs, contact your dealer. Error messages Error message Busy: RT Meaning Radiotelephone is in operation. Channel Busy You attempted to transmit on a channel which is currently busy. (This occurs with Routine and Business priorities only.) No position data from navigator for one minute. EPFS error Incoming Incoming DSC call No position data The position data is interrupted while AUTO operation. Radiotelephone is not powered or is disconnected. Oven too cold; cannot transmit. No response: RT Oven cold. Tx not ready; wait Printer not ready Trouble: Oven not ready TRX PLL UNLOCK Remedy Wait until the radiotelephone is free. The message is automatically erased when the channel becomes clear. Press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. Check the navigator. If it is malfunctioning, manually enter position. Message is automatically cleared when DSC signal has gone. Check the navigator. Check radiotelephone connection. Wait until the oven becomes sufficiently warm. Check printer. Automatic print is selected; however, printer is not powered or is disconnected. Oven not ready; cannot transmit. Wait until the oven is ready. TUNE error TRX PLL unlock. Transmission is stopped. Tuning failed. Transmission power is decreased to LOW2. For NBDP, transmission is stopped. Warning: Update position Position data is older by the amount of time preset on the Alarm menu. Watchdog error. Please Power OFF Internal error (such as CPU trouble) detected. Accompanied with alarm, same type as for distress. W/R1, W/R2 PLL unlock. Transmission is stopped. Power input has been switched from Press the CANCEL key to use the AC to DC at PR-850A. low output power. Check the AC input supply. RX1 PLL UNLOCK RX2 PLL UNLOCK Ship’s mains failure 11-4 Contact your dealer. Try to tune again. If unsuccessful, confirm if TUNE error occurs on other frequencies. See “Antenna coupler cannot tune antenna” on page 11-3, or contact your dealer. Press the CANCEL key to silence alarm. Reenter position on the Position menu. Turn the power off and on to erase the message. Have a qualified technician check the set. Contact your dealer. 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING 11.5 Replacement of Fuses To protect the equipment from overcurrent and equipment fault, two fuses are provided in the PR-300 Power Supply Unit. If a fuse blows, find the cause before replacing it. If it blows again after replacement, request service. WARNING Unit Use the proper fuse. Use of a wrong fuse can cause fire or damage to the equipment. Power Supply Unit PR-300 Fuse 10 A (100 VAC) or 5 A (200 VAC) and 20 A (24 VDC) Note: The Power Supply Unit PR-850A (for FS-1570/2570), used with the equipment, does not have a fuse but a circuit breaker. If the breaker has tripped, find the reason before resetting the breaker (upward position). 11-5 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING 11.6 Test Call This function sends a test signal to a coast or ship station, over one of six distress and safety frequencies. For that reason, it should not be executed unnecessarily. You can prepare a test call beforehand (see Chapter 6) or at the moment you intend to send a test call. To send a prepared test call, see paragraph 6.5.4 for the procedure. When sending the test call at the moment, do the following. 1. Press the 2/DSC key. Select Message GENERAL DISTRESS INDIVIDUAL PSTN MESSAGE TEST MESSAGE GROUP MESSAGE AREA MESSAGE POSITION MMSI 123456789 POS 12 34.5678N 123 45.6789E 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RELAY AREA RELAY COAST DISTRESS SPECIAL UTC 01:53 EPFS 01:54 Rotate the ENTER knob to choose TEST MESSAGE and then push the ENTER knob. Push the ENTER knob to open the STATION ID window. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose MANUAL or SELECT. For SELECT, you can choose an ID from the message file list stored. For MANUAL, using the numeric keys, key in the ID of the station ID (nine digits) where to send the call and then push the ENTER knob. Compose msg. MSG TYPE STATION ID : TEST MESSAGE ********* PRIORITY : SAFETY DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 7. Push the ENTER knob to open the DSC FREQ menu. (Note that PRIORITY is automatically selected to SAFETY.) Compose msg. MSG TYPE STATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ : 2187.5 Test 4207.5 : 001234567 6312.0 :8414.5 Safety : kHz 12577.0 16804.5 VIEW kHz GO TO VIEW 8. Rotate the ENTER knob to choose an appropriate frequency and then push the ENTER knob. The display changes as below. 11-6 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING Compose msg. MSG TYPE : TEST MESSAGE STATION ID PRIORITY : 001234567 : SAFETY DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz GO TO VIEW 9. Press the CALL key to send the test call (transmission time: about seven seconds). 10. The display shows “Test message in progress!” while the test call is being transmitted. Test message in progress! DESTINATION ID PRIORITY DSC FREQ TIME TO GO : : : 001234567 :SAFETY 2187.5 kHz 7S After the test call is completed, the following message appears. Waiting for test acknowledgement. DESTINATION ID : 001234567 PRIORITY : SAFETY DSC FREQ : 2187.5 kHz TIME TO GO : 4M12S RESENDING One of the following displays appears. (“No response! Try calling again?” appears when the timer counts down to zero, meaning no response from station.) Test acknowledge message received. CANCEL: STOP ALARM No response! Try calling again? DESTINATION ID: PRIORITY: DSC FREQ : 001234567 SAFETY 2187.5 kHz RESEND Test acknowledge received No response to test call 11. Do the either way depending on the message shown in step 10. Test acknowledge message received The audio alarm sounds; press the CANCEL key to silence the alarm. The display changes as below. 11-7 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING Received message * * MAR-23-2006-23:59 TEST ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 001234567 SENDER ID : PRIORITY: SAFETY 3M10S GO TO VIEW No response! Try calling again? Re-send call: Push the ENTER knob and then press the CALL key. Cancel call: Press the CANCEL key to return to the previous screen. 11.7 NBDP Terminal Unit Maintenance Regular maintenance is important for good performance. A regular maintenance program should be established and should at least include the items mentioned below. 11.7.1 Cleaning the equipment Wipe off accumulated dust from the terminal unit with a soft cloth. Wipe the LCD carefully to prevent scratching, using tissue paper and an LCD cleaner. To remove dirt or salt deposits, use an LCD cleaner, wiping slowly with tissue paper so as to dissolve the dirt or salt. Change paper frequently so the salt or dirt will not scratch the surface of LCD. Do not use solvents such as thinner, acetone or benzene for cleaning; they can remove paint and marks or deform the equipment. 11.7.2 Connectors and earth connection Periodically check the connectors for proper seating and the earth connection for rust. Remove rust to maintain a good ground system. 11.7.3 Floppy disk drive Foreign material on the floppy disk drive head can scratch the magnetic material in the floppy, resulting in loss of data. Clean the floppy disk drive head regularly with a floppy disk drive cleaning disk to prevent erasure of information stored on disks. 11.7.4 Diagnostics General diagnostics 1. Press the function key F6 to display the System menu. 11-8 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING System Lock Change Default Setup Slave Delay 8 msec (0- 50 msec) TX/RX MSG Save Edit Before sending OFF O N OFF O N Time System Time & Date Window Color Self Test OFF UTC SMT JST 2006/10/16 10:00:00 System menu (Example: IB-583) 2. Choose Change from Setup. 3. Choose Self Test (at the bottom of the screen). 4. Press the Esc key. The results of the self test are displayed a short time later. Selftest Terminal Unit Test Main Unit Test Modem Unit Test Radio Unit Test DSC Unit Test Printer Unit Test* : : : : : : ver. X.XX ver. XX ver. XX ID FS5070 ID FS5070 :OK :OK :OK :OK :OK Print all character :OK IB-581/IB-583 Main Termina soft (T-CPU Board) NBDP Modem X.XX = Version No. *: "NG" and "Printer not ready" when printer is off or is abnormal. Self test results The test results are shown as OK or NG (No Good). For any NG, try the self test again. If it appears again, call for service. When the test is completed, the message “Selftest Completed. Press any key to escape.” Appears. Tone test 1. Choose Self Test from the System Menu. 2. While pressing and holding down the Shift key, press the ↓ key to show the Tone Test menu. Tone Test 1: Tone Test 1 (All Char) 2: Tone Test 2 (Fox) 3: Tone Test 3 (Beta) 4 4 ( k) 3. Choose a test and press the Enter key. 4. You may stop a tone test at anytime by pressing the Esc key. Tone test 1 (All characters) This test checks for proper transmission of all figures, letters and codes. To conduct the test, call a station in the ARQ or FEC mode. Execute the test, confirming that all characters are transmitted correctly. “Now Testing Tone Test 1” appears during the testing. Since the test is 11-9 11. MAINTENANCE & TROUBLESHOOTING conducted continuously, you may press the Esc key twice followed by the F10 key to stop the test and return to the tone test menu. 1:File 2:Edit 3:Operate 4:Window 5:Station 6:System 7:WRU 8:HR 9:Over 10:Break System 1996-11-15 13:26:45.45 Caps Eng Station Name : Setup Lock Change Default Frequency (T/R) : / (kHz) Comm Mode : Auto Comm Status : Connect Send Lock Error Mark Space Now Testing Tone Test 1 (All Char). ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv wxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ1234567890-?:().,'=/+abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv wxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Tone test 2 (Fox) This test (continuously) checks for proper transmission of the test message THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER THE LAZY DOG 0123456789. To conduct the test, call a station by using the ARQ or FEC mode. Tone test 3 (Beta) You may check for proper transmission of the idle signal β. Call up a station using the ARQ mode. 11-10 APPENDIX Menu Tree #/SETUP key HS. VOL (0 to 63, 45) NB (OFF, ON) SQ (500-2000 Hz, 800 Hz ) Default settings in boldface italic. USER CH (Shows user ch entry screen.) MESSAGE (Shows Message file entry screen) POSITION (Shows Position setup screen) DATE/TIME (Shows Date/Time setup screen) MEM CLR USR SETUP (RCVD ORDINARY LOG, RCVD DISTRESS LOG, TRANSMITTED LOG, MESSAGE FILES, USER CHANNELS, LOAD DEFAULT) INTERNAL ALARM (ON, OFF) POSITION OLDER (0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0) EXT ALARM (DSTRS/URG, ROUTINE, ALL, OFF) ALARM DISTANCE (OFF, 500NM) SOUND KEY CLICK (ON, OFF) ORDINARY ALARM (0 to 63, 47) DISTRESS ALARM (51 to 63, 51) AUTO ACK COMPLY TYPE (UNABLE, ABLE) UNABLE REASON (NO REASON, BUSY, EQUIP DISABLE, MODE NOT USABLE, CH NOT USABLE) POSITION MESSAGE (OFF, ON) POLLING MESSAGE (OFF, ON) TEST MESSAGE (OFF, ON) PRINT OUT XMIT MESSAGE (MANUAL, AUTO) RCVD MESSAGE (MANUAL, AUTO) DAILY TEST (MANUAL, AUTO) SCAN FREQ (ROUTINE: 2M ON, DISTRESS: all ON) KEY ASSIGN (NONE, NB, TONE, SDUP/DUP) SPECIAL MSG NEUTRAL MSG (UNABLE, ABLE) MEDICAL MSG (UNABLE, ABLE) FAX Rx (ENABLE, DISABLE) HOOK SP OFF (ON, OFF) TIMER (10 MIN, OFF) ALARM SYS SETUP (Display system settings.) AP-1 APPENDIX NBDP terminal unit (telex) Default settings in boldface italic. F1: File 1: New 2: Open 3: Close 4: Delete 5: Rename 6: Real Time Printing 7: File to Print 8: Cancel Priniting 9: Clear Buffer 0: Floppy Disk Format F2: Edit 1: Undo 2: Cut 3: Copy 4: Paste 5: Select All 6: Search 7: Replace 8: Goto Top 9: Goto Bottom 0: Goto Line A: Change Text F5: Station 1: Station Entry 2: Timer Operation Entry 3: Scan Entry 4: User Channel Entry 5: Answerback Code Entry 6: Group ID Entry (4/5 digit) 7: Group ID Entry (9 digit) 8: Select ID Entry (4/5 digit) 9: Select ID Entry (9 digit) F6: System Setup (Lock, Change, Default) Slave Delay (0-50 msec, 8) TX/RX MSG Save (OFF, ON) Edit Before Sending (OFF, ON) Time System (OFF, UTC, SMT, JST) Time & Date Display Mode (IB-581) (Normal, Reverse) Window Color (IB-583) Window Color Setup Fore Color Back Color Default Color F3: Operate 1: Call Station 2: Macro Operation 3: File to Send 4: Cancel Sending 5: Scan (Start/Stop) 6: Manual Reception 7: Timer Operation 8: Manual Calling 9: Set Frequency F4: Window Self Test 1: Calendar 2: Distress Frequency Table F7: WRU (Who are you?) F8: HR (Here is) F9: Over F10: Break AP-2 Window BASE WINDOW, BACK SCROLL, EDIT 1-2, FUNCTION, SUB MENU 1-3, MESSAGE L-WHITE, YELLOW, L-MAGENTA, L-RED, L-CYAN, L-GREEN, L-BLUE, GRAY, WHITE, BROWN, MAGENTA, RED, CYAN, GREEN, BLUE, BLACK APPENDIX Frequency Tables DSC frequency table TX (kHz) RX (kHz) Remarks File Name 2187.5 2187.5 4207.5 4207.5 6312.0 6312.0 8414.5 8414.5 12577.0 12577.0 16804.5 16804.5 458.5 455.5 INTL-0.4M 2189.5(2177.0*) 2177.0 INTL-2M 4208.0 4219.5 INTL-4M 6312.5 6331.0 INTL-6M 8415.0 8436.5 12577.5 12657.0 16805.0 16903.0 INTL-16M 18898.5 19703.5 INTL-18M 22374.5 22444.0 INTL-22M 25208.5 26121.0 INTL-25M 4208.5 4220.0 LOCAL1-4M 6313.0 6331.5 LOCAL1-6M 8415.5 8437.0 LOCAL1-8M 12578.0 12657.5 16805.5 16903.5 18899.0 19704.0 LOCAL1-18M 22375.0 22444.5 LOCAL1-22M 25209.0 26121.5 LOCAL1-25M 4209.0 4220.5 LOCAL2-4M 6313.5 6332.0 LOCAL2-6M 8416.0 8437.5 LOCAL2-8M 12578.5 12658.0 16806.0 16904.0 18899.5 19704.5 LOCAL2-18M 22375.5 22445.0 LOCAL2-22M 25209.5 26122.0 LOCAL2-25M Distress and Safety Frequencies International Frequencies Local-1 Frequencies Local-2 Frequencies INTL-8M INTL-12M LOCAL1-12M LOCAL1-16M LOCAL2-12M LOCAL2-16M 14. = Ship-to-ship AP-3 APPENDIX Custom channels (to be programmed by FURUNO dealers) CH NO AP-4 Ship Receive (kHz) Ship Transmit (kHz) Remarks APPENDIX MF band working carrier frequencies (ref. US CFR 47 Part 80.371) Region East Coast West Coast Ship Transmit (kHz) 2031.5 2118.0 2126.0 2142.0 2166.0 2198.0 2366.0 2382.0 2390.0 2400.0 2406.0 2003.0 2009.0 2009.0 2031.5 2126.0 2206.0 2382.0 2430.0 Ship Receive (kHz) 2490.0 2514.0 2522.0 2538.0 2558.0 2590.0 2450.0 2482.0 2566.0 2400.0 2506.0 2450.0 2442.0 2566.0 2566.0 2522.0 2598.0 2466.0 2482.0 Region Gulf Coast Great Lakes Alaska Hawaii Caribbean Guam 2 Ship Transmit (kHz) 2009.0 2134.0 2142.0 2158.0 1 2166.0 2206.0 2366.0 2382.0 2430.0 2458.0 2118.0 2158.0 2206.0 2131.0 2134.0 2240.0 2134.0 2009.0 2086.0 3 2134.0 2009.0 Ship Receive (kHz) 2466.0 2530.0 2538.0 2550.0 2558.0 2598.0 2450.0 2482.0 2572.0 2506.0 2514.0 2550.0 2582.0 2309.0 2312.0 2400.0 2530.0 2506.0 2585.0 2530.0 2506.0 Above frequencies are not programmed. Contact a FURUNO representative. 1 = Unlimited use December 15 to April 1 2 = 2206 kHz for distress only 3 = Limited to pep of 150 W. AP-5 APPENDIX MF band SSB working carrier frequencies CH NO 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 AP-6 Ship Receive (kHz) 1635 1638 1641 1644 1647 1650 1653 1656 1659 1662 1665 1668 1671 1674 1677 1680 1683 1686 1689 1692 1695 1698 1701 1704 1707 1710 1713 1716 1719 1722 Ship Transmit (kHz) 2060 2063 2066 2069 2072 2075 2078 2081 2084 2087 2090 2093 2096 2099 2102 2105 2108 2111 2114 2117 2120 2123 2126 2129 2132 2135 2138 2060 2063 2066 CH NO 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 Ship Receive (kHz) 1725 1728 1731 1734 1737 1740 1743 1746 1749 1752 1755 1758 1761 1764 1767 1770 1773 1776 1779 1782 1785 1788 1791 1794 1797 Ship Transmit (kHz) 2069 2072 2075 2078 2081 2084 2087 2090 2093 2096 2099 2102 2105 2108 2111 2114 2117 2120 2123 2126 2129 2132 2135 2138 2060 APPENDIX 4/6 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16) ITU CH NO 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 4 MHz SSB (J3E) Ship RX 4357 4360 4363 4366 4369 4372 4375 4378 4381 4384 4387 4390 Ship TX 4065 4068 4071 4074 4077 4080 4083 4086 4089 4092 4095 4098 413 4393 4101 414 4396 4104 415 4399 4107 416 4402 4110 417 4405 4113 418 4408 4116 419 4411 4119 420 4414 4122 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 (01) 433 (02) 434 (03) 435 (04) 436 (05) 437 (06) 438 (07) 4417 4420 4423 4426 4429 4432 4435 4351 4354 4146 4149 4000 4003 4006 4009 4012 4015 4018 4125 4128 4131 4134 4137 4140 4143 4351 4354 4146 4149 4000 4003 4006 4009 4012 4015 4018 439 (08) 4021 4021 440 (09) 441 (10) 442 (11) 443 (12) 444 (13) 445 (14) 446 (15) 447 (16) 448 (17) 449 (18) 450 (19) 451 (20) 452 (21) 4024 4027 4030 4033 4036 4039 4042 4045 4048 4051 4054 4057 4060 4024 4027 4030 4033 4036 4039 4042 4045 4048 4051 4054 4057 4060 ITU CH NO 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 6 MHz SSB (J3E) Ship RX 6501 6504 6507 6510 6513 6516 6519 6522 6224 6227 6230 Ship TX 6200 6203 6206 6209 6212 6215 6218 6221 6224 6227 6230 These frequencies are factory programmed. CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1). AP-7 APPENDIX 8 MHz ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16) 8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Duplex ITU CH NO Ship RX Ship TX 801 8719 8195 802 8722 8198 803 8725 8201 804 8728 8204 805 8731 8207 806 8734 8210 807 8737 8213 808 8740 8216 809 8743 8219 810 8746 8222 811 8749 8225 812 8752 8228 813 8755 8231 814 8758 8234 815 8761 8237 816 8764 8240 817 8767 8243 818 8770 8246 819 8773 8249 820 8776 8252 821 8779 8255 822 8782 8258 823 8785 8261 824 8788 8264 825 8791 8267 826 8794 8270 827 8797 8273 828 8800 8276 829 8803 8279 830 8806 8282 831 8809 8285 832 8812 8288 833 8291 8291 834 8707 8707 835 8710 8710 836 8713 8713 837 8716 8716 838 839 AP-8 8294 8297 8294 8297 8 MHz SSB (J3E) - Simplex (ITU CH NO) Ship RX Ship TX 840 (01) 8101 8101 841 (02) 8104 8104 842 (03) 8107 8107 843 (04) 8110 8110 844 (05) 8113 8113 845 (06) 8116 8116 846 (07) 8119 8119 847 (08) 8122 8122 848 (09) 8125 8125 849 (10) 8128 8128 850 (11) 8131 8131 851 (12) 8134 8134 852 (13) 8137 8137 853 (14) 8140 8140 854 (15) 8143 8143 855 (16) 8146 8146 856 (17) 8149 8149 857 (18) 8152 8152 858 (19) 8155 8155 859 (20) 8158 8158 860 (21) 8161 8161 861 (22) 8164 8164 862 (23) 8167 8167 863 (24) 8170 8170 864 (25) 8173 8173 865 (26) 8176 8176 866 (27) 8179 8179 867 (28) 8182 8182 868 (29) 8185 8185 869 (30) 8188 8188 870 (31) 8191 8191 CH NOs in ( ) are ITU NOs (RR Section C-1). APPENDIX 12/16 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16) 12 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1201 13077 12230 1202 13080 12233 1203 13083 12236 1204 13086 12239 1205 13089 12242 1206 13092 12245 1207 13095 12248 1208 13098 12251 1209 13101 12254 1210 13104 12257 1211 13107 12260 1212 13110 12263 1213 13113 12266 1214 13116 12269 1215 13119 12272 1216 13122 12275 1217 13125 12278 1218 13128 12281 1219 13131 12284 1220 13134 12287 1221 13137 12290 1222 13140 12293 1223 13143 12296 1224 13146 12299 1225 13149 12302 1226 13152 12305 1227 13155 12308 1228 13158 12311 1229 13161 12314 1230 13164 12317 1231 13167 12320 1232 13170 12323 1233 13173 12326 1234 13176 12329 1235 13179 12332 1236 13182 12335 1237 13185 12338 1238 13188 12341 1239 13191 12344 1240 13194 12347 1241 13197 12350 1242 12353 12353 1243 12356 12356 1244 12359 12359 1245 12362 12362 1246 12365 12365 16 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1601 17242 16360 1602 17245 16363 1603 17248 16366 1604 17251 16369 1605 17254 16372 1606 17257 16375 1607 17260 16378 1608 17263 16381 1609 17266 16384 1610 17269 16387 1611 17272 16390 1612 17275 16393 1613 17278 16396 1614 17281 16399 1615 17284 16402 1616 17287 16405 1617 17290 16408 1618 17293 16411 1619 17296 16414 1620 17299 16417 1621 17302 16420 1622 17305 16423 1623 17308 16426 1624 17311 16429 1625 17314 16432 1626 17317 16435 1627 17320 16438 1628 17323 16441 1629 17326 16444 1630 17329 16447 1631 17332 16450 1632 17335 16453 1633 17338 16456 1634 17341 16459 1635 17344 16462 1636 17347 16465 1637 17350 16468 1638 17353 16471 1639 17356 16474 1640 17359 16477 1641 17362 16480 1642 17365 16483 1643 17368 16486 1644 17371 16489 1645 17374 16492 1646 17377 16495 1647 17380 16498 1648 17383 16501 1649 17386 16504 1650 17389 16507 16 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 165 1 17392 16510 1652 17395 16513 1653 17398 16516 165 4 17401 16519 1655 17404 16522 1656 17407 1652 5 1657 16528 16528 1658 16531 16531 1659 16534 16534 1660 16537 16537 1661 16540 16540 166 2 16543 16543 1663 16546 16546 Above is factory programmed. AP-9 APPENDIX 18/19, 22, 25/26 ITU SSB carrier frequencies (ITU RR Appendix 16) 18/19 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 1801 19755 18780 1802 19758 18783 1803 19761 18786 1804 19764 18789 1805 19767 18792 1806 19770 18795 1807 19773 18798 1808 19776 18801 1809 19779 18804 1810 19782 18807 1811 19785 18810 1812 19788 18813 1813 19791 18816 1814 19794 18819 1815 19797 18822 1816 18825 18825 1817 18828 18828 1818 18831 18831 1819 18834 18834 1820 18837 18837 1821 18840 18840 1822 18843 18843 AP-10 22 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 2201 22696 22000 2202 22699 22003 2203 22702 22006 22705 22009 2204 2205 22708 22012 2206 22711 22015 2207 22714 22018 2208 22717 22021 2209 22720 22024 2210 22723 22027 2211 22726 22030 2212 22729 22033 2213 22732 22036 2214 22735 22039 2215 22738 22042 2216 22741 22045 2217 22744 22048 22051 2218 22747 2219 22750 22054 2220 22753 22057 22756 22060 2221 2222 22759 22063 2223 22762 22066 2224 22765 22069 2225 22768 22072 2226 22771 22075 2227 22774 22078 2228 22777 22081 22084 2229 22780 2230 22783 22087 2231 22786 22090 2232 22789 22093 2233 22792 22096 2234 22795 22099 2235 22798 22102 2236 22801 22105 2237 22804 22108 2238 22807 22111 22810 22114 2239 2240 22813 22117 2241 22816 22120 2242 22819 22123 2243 22822 22126 2244 22825 22129 2245 22828 22132 2246 22831 22135 22138 2247 22834 2248 22837 22141 2249 22840 22144 2250 22843 22147 22 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO. SHIP RX SHIP TX 2251 22846 22150 225 2 22849 22153 225 3 22852 22156 2254 22159 22159 2255 22162 22162 2256 22165 22165 2257 22168 22168 2258 22171 22171 2259 22174 22174 2260 22177 22177 25/26 MHz SSB (J3E) CH NO Ship RX Ship TX 2501 26145 25070 2502 26148 25073 250 3 26151 25076 2504 26154 25079 250 5 26157 25082 2506 26160 25085 250 7 26163 25088 2508 26166 2509 1 2509 26169 25094 2510 26172 25097 2511 25100 25100 2512 25103 25103 2513 25106 25106 25109 251 4 25109 2515 25112 25112 2516 25115 25115 2517 25118 25118 APPENDIX MF band telex frequency table 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 Ship Transmit (NBDP, DSC) 2142.0 2142.5 2143.0 2143.5 2144.0 Ship Receive (NBDP, DSC) 1607.0 1607.5 1608.0 1608.5 1609.0 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2144.5 2145.0 2145.5 2146.0 2146.5 1609.5 1610.0 1610.5 1611.0 1611.5 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2147.0 2147.5 2148.0 2148.5 2149.0 1612.0 1612.5 1613.0 1613.5 1614.0 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2149.5 2150.0 2150.5 2151.0 2151.5 1614.5 1615.0 1615.5 1616.0 1616.5 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2152.0 2152.5 2153.0 2153.5 2154.0 1617.0 1617.5 1618.0 1618.5 1619.0 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2154.5 2155.0 2155.5 2156.0 2156.5 1619.5 1620.0 1620.5 1621.0 1621.5 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2157.0 2157.5 2158.0 2158.5 2159.0 1622.0 1622.5 1623.0 1623.5 1624.0 2036 2159.5 1624.5 CH NO. NBDP/DSC DSC AP-11 No. 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4 MHz BAND TX 4172.5 4173.0 4173.5 4174.0 4174.5 4175.0 4175.5 4176.0 4176.5 4177.0 4177.5 4178.0 4178.5 4179.0 4179.5 4180.0 4180.5 4181.0 4181.5 4202.5 4203.0 4203.5 4204.0 4204.5 4205.0 4205.5 4206.0 4206.5 4207.0 4207.5 4208.0 4208.5 4209.0 RX 4210.5 4211.0 4211.5 4212.0 4212.5 4213.0 4213.5 4214.0 4214.5 4215.0 4177.5 4215.5 4216.0 4216.5 4217.0 4217.5 4218.0 4218.5 4219.0 4202.5 4203.0 4203.5 4204.0 4204.5 4205.0 4205.5 4206.0 4206.5 4207.0 4207.5 4219.5 4220.0 4220.5 No. 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6 MHz BAND TX 6263.0 6263.5 6264.0 6264.5 6265.0 6265.5 6266.0 6266.5 6267.0 6267.5 6268.0 6268.5 6269.0 6269.5 6270.0 6270.5 6271.0 6271.5 6272.0 6272.5 6273.0 6273.5 6274.0 6274.5 6275.0 6275.5 6281.0 6281.5 6282.0 6282.5 6283.0 6283.5 6284.0 6284.5 6300.5 6301.0 6301.5 6302.0 6302.5 6303.0 6303.5 6304.0 6304.5 6305.0 6305.5 6306.0 6306.5 6307.0 6307.5 6308.0 6308.5 6309.0 6309.5 6310.0 6310.5 6311.0 6311.5 6312.0 6312.5 6313.0 6313.5 RX 6314.5 6315.0 6315.5 6316.0 6316.5 6317.0 6317.5 6318.0 6318.5 6319.0 6268.0 6319.5 6320.0 6320.5 6321.0 6321.5 6322.0 6322.5 6323.0 6323.5 6324.0 6324.5 6325.0 6325.5 6326.0 6326.5 6327.0 6327.5 6328.0 6328.5 6329.0 6329.5 6330.0 6330.5 6300.5 6301.0 6301.5 6302.0 6302.5 6303.0 6303.5 6304.0 6304.5 6305.0 6305.5 6306.0 6306.5 6307.0 6307.5 6308.0 6308.5 6309.0 6309.5 6310.0 6310.5 6311.0 6311.5 6312.0 6331.0 6331.5 6332.0 No. 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8009 8010 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8019 8020 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 8036 8037 8038 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8 MHz BAND TX 8376.5 8377.0 8377.5 8378.0 8378.5 8379.0 8379.5 8380.0 8380.5 8381.0 8381.5 8382.0 8382.5 8383.0 8383.5 8384.0 8384.5 8385.0 8385.5 8386.0 8386.5 8387.0 8387.5 8388.0 8388.5 8389.0 8389.5 8390.0 8390.5 8391.0 8391.5 8392.0 8392.5 8393.0 8393.5 8394.0 8394.5 8395.0 8395.5 8396.0 8396.5 8397.0 8397.5 8398.0 8398.5 8399.0 8399.5 8400.0 8400.5 8401.0 8401.5 8402.0 8402.5 8403.0 8403.5 8404.0 8404.5 8405.0 8405.5 8406.0 8406.5 8407.0 8407.5 8408.0 8408.5 RX 8376.5 8417.0 8417.5 8418.0 8418.5 8419.0 8419.5 8420.0 8420.5 8421.0 8421.5 8422.0 8422.5 8423.0 8423.5 8424.0 8424.5 8425.0 8425.5 8426.0 8426.5 8427.0 8427.5 8428.0 8428.5 8429.0 8429.5 8430.0 8430.5 8431.0 8431.5 8432.0 8432.5 8433.0 8433.5 8434.0 8434.5 8435.0 8435.5 8436.0 8396.5 8397.0 8397.5 8398.0 8398.5 8399.0 8399.5 8400.0 8400.5 8401.0 8401.5 8402.0 8402.5 8403.0 8403.5 8404.0 8404.5 8405.0 8405.5 8406.0 8406.5 8407.0 8407.5 8408.0 8408.5 No. 12001 12002 12003 12004 12005 12006 12007 12008 12009 12010 12011 12012 12013 12014 12015 12016 12017 12018 12019 12020 12021 12022 12023 12024 12025 12026 12027 12028 12029 12030 12031 12032 12033 12034 12035 12036 12037 12038 12039 12040 12041 12042 12043 12044 12045 12046 12047 12048 12049 12050 12051 12052 12053 12054 12055 12056 12057 12058 12059 12060 12061 12062 12063 12064 12065 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12477.0 12579.5 12477.5 12580.0 12478.0 12580.5 12478.5 12581.0 12479.0 12581.5 12479.5 12582.0 12480.0 12582.5 12480.5 12583.0 12481.0 12583.5 12481.5 12584.0 12482.0 12584.5 12482.5 12585.0 12483.0 12585.5 12483.5 12586.0 12484.0 12586.5 12484.5 12587.0 12485.0 12587.5 12485.5 12588.0 12486.0 12588.5 12486.5 12589.0 12487.0 12589.5 12487.5 12590.0 12488.0 12590.5 12488.5 12591.0 12489.0 12591.5 12489.5 12592.0 12490.0 12592.5 12490.5 12593.0 12491.0 12593.5 12491.5 12594.0 12492.0 12594.5 12492.5 12595.0 12493.0 12595.5 12493.5 12596.0 12494.0 12596.5 12494.5 12597.0 12495.0 12597.5 12495.5 12598.0 12496.0 12598.5 12496.5 12599.0 12497.0 12599.5 12497.5 12600.0 12498.0 12600.5 12498.5 12601.0 12499.0 12601.5 12499.5 12602.0 12500.0 12602.5 12500.5 12603.0 12501.0 12603.5 12501.5 12604.0 12502.0 12604.5 12502.5 12605.0 12503.0 12605.5 12503.5 12606.0 12504.0 12606.5 12504.5 12607.0 12505.0 12607.5 12505.5 12608.0 12506.0 12608.5 12506.5 12609.0 12507.0 12609.5 12507.5 12610.0 12508.0 12610.5 12508.5 12611.0 12509.0 12611.5 No. 16001 16002 16003 16004 16005 16006 16007 16008 16009 16010 16011 16012 16013 16014 16015 16016 16017 16018 16019 16020 16021 16022 16023 16024 16025 12026 16027 16028 16029 16030 16031 16032 16033 16034 16035 16036 16037 16038 16039 16040 16041 16042 16043 16044 16045 16046 16047 16048 16049 16050 16051 16052 16053 16054 16055 16056 16057 16058 16059 16060 16061 16062 16063 16064 16065 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16683.5 16807.0 16684.0 16807.5 16684.5 16808.0 16685.0 16808.5 16685.5 16809.0 16686.0 16809.5 16686.5 16810.0 16687.0 16810.5 16687.5 16811.0 16688.0 16811.5 16688.5 16812.0 16689.0 16812.5 16689.5 16813.0 16690.0 16813.5 16690.5 16814.0 16691.0 16814.5 16691.5 16815.0 16692.0 16815.5 16692.5 16816.0 16693.0 16816.5 16693.5 16817.0 16694.0 16817.5 16694.5 16818.0 16695.0 16695.0 16695.5 16818.5 16696.0 16919.0 16696.5 16819.5 16697.0 16820.0 16697.5 16820.5 16698.0 16821.0 16698.5 16821.5 16999.0 16822.0 16999.5 16822.5 16700.0 16823.0 16700.5 16823.5 16701.0 16824.0 16701.5 16824.5 16702.0 16825.0 16702.5 16825.5 16703.0 16826.0 16703.5 16826.5 16704.0 16827.0 16704.5 16827.5 16705.0 16828.0 16705.5 16828.5 16706.0 16829.0 16706.5 16829.5 16707.0 16830.0 16707.5 16830.5 16708.0 16831.0 16708.5 16831.5 16709.0 16832.0 16709.5 16832.5 16710.0 16833.0 16710.5 16833.5 16711.0 16834.0 16711.5 16834.5 16712.0 16835.0 16712.5 16835.5 16713.0 16836.0 16713.5 16836.5 16714.0 16837.0 16714.5 16837.5 16715.0 16838.0 16715.5 16838.5 18/19 MHz BAND No. TX RX 18001 18870.5 19681.0 18002 18871.0 19681.5 18003 18871.5 19682.0 18004 18872.0 19682.5 18005 18872.5 19683.0 18006 18873.0 19683.5 18007 18873.5 19684.0 18008 18874.0 19684.5 18009 18874.5 19685.0 18010 18875.0 19685.5 18011 18875.5 19686.0 18012 18876.0 19686.5 18013 18876.5 19687.0 18014 18877.0 19687.5 18015 18877.5 19688.0 18016 18878.0 19688.5 18017 18878.5 19689.0 18018 18879.0 19689.5 18019 18879.5 19690.0 18020 18880.0 19690.5 18021 18880.5 19691.0 18022 18881.0 19691.5 18023 18881.5 19692.0 18024 18882.0 19692.5 18025 18882.5 19693.0 18026 18883.0 19693.5 18027 18883.5 19694.0 18028 18884.0 19694.5 18029 18884.5 19695.0 18030 18885.0 19695.5 18031 18885.5 19696.0 18032 18886.0 19696.5 18033 18886.5 19697.0 18034 18887.0 19697.5 18035 18887.5 19698.0 18036 18888.0 19698.5 18037 18888.5 19699.0 18038 18889.0 19699.5 18039 18889.5 19700.0 18040 18890.0 19700.5 18041 18890.5 19701.0 18042 18891.0 19701.5 18043 18891.5 19702.0 18044 18892.0 19702.5 18045 18892.5 19703.0 18046 18893.0 18893.0 18047 18893.5 18893.5 18048 18894.0 18894.0 18049 18894.5 18894.5 18050 18895.0 18895.0 18051 18895.5 18895.5 18052 18896.0 18896.0 18053 18896.5 18896.5 18054 18897.0 18897.0 18055 18897.5 18897.5 18056 18898.0 18898.0 18057 18898.5 19703.5 18058 18899.0 19704.0 18059 18899.5 19704.5 ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (1/4) No. 22001 22002 22003 22004 22005 22006 22007 22008 22009 22010 22011 22012 22013 22014 22015 22016 22017 22018 22019 22020 22021 22022 22023 22024 22025 22026 22027 22028 22029 22030 22031 22032 22033 22034 22035 22036 22037 22038 22039 22040 22041 22042 22043 22044 22045 22046 22047 22048 22049 22050 22051 22052 22053 22054 22055 22056 22057 22058 22059 22060 22061 22062 22063 22064 22065 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22284.5 22376.5 22285.0 22377.0 22285.5 22377.5 22286.0 22378.0 22286.5 22378.5 22287.0 22379.0 22287.5 22379.5 22288.0 22380.0 22288.5 22380.5 22289.0 22381.0 22289.5 22381.5 22290.0 22382.0 22290.5 22382.5 22291.0 22383.0 22291.5 22383.5 22292.0 22384.0 22292.5 22384.5 22293.0 22385.0 22293.5 22385.5 22294.0 22386.0 22294.5 22386.5 22295.0 22387.0 22295.5 22387.5 22296.0 22388.0 22296.5 22388.5 22297.0 22389.0 22297.5 22389.5 22298.0 22390.0 22298.5 22390.5 22299.0 22391.0 22299.5 22391.5 22300.0 22392.0 22300.5 22392.5 22301.0 22393.0 22301.5 22393.5 22302.0 22394.0 22302.5 22394.5 22303.0 22395.0 22303.5 22395.5 22304.0 22396.0 22304.5 22396.5 22305.0 22397.0 22305.5 22397.5 22306.0 22398.0 22306.5 22398.5 22307.0 22399.0 22307.5 22399.5 22308.0 22400.0 22308.5 22400.5 22309.0 22401.0 22309.5 22401.5 22310.0 22402.0 22310.5 22402.5 22311.0 22403.0 22311.5 22403.5 22312.0 22404.0 22312.5 22404.5 22313.0 22405.0 22313.5 22405.5 22314.0 22406.0 22314.5 22406.5 22315.0 22407.0 22315.5 22407.5 22316.0 22408.0 22316.5 22408.5 25/26 MHz BAND No. TX RX 25001 25173.0 26101.0 25002 25173.5 26101.5 25003 25174.0 26102.0 25004 25174.5 26102.5 25005 25175.0 26103.0 25006 25175.5 26103.5 25007 25176.0 26104.0 25008 25176.5 26104.5 25009 25177.0 26105.0 25010 25177.5 26105.5 25011 25178.0 26106.0 25012 25178.5 26106.5 25013 25179.0 26107.0 25014 25179.5 26107.5 25015 25180.0 26108.0 25016 25180.5 26108.5 25017 25181.0 26109.0 25018 25181.5 26109.5 25019 25182.0 26110.0 25020 25182.5 26110.5 25021 25183.0 26111.0 25022 25183.5 26111.5 25023 25184.0 26112.0 25024 25184.5 26112.5 25025 25185.0 26113.0 25026 25185.5 26113.5 25027 28186.0 26114.0 25028 25186.5 26114.5 25029 25187.0 26115.0 25030 25187.5 26115.5 25031 25188.0 26116.0 25032 25188.5 26116.5 25033 25189.0 26117.0 25034 25189.5 26117.5 25035 25190.0 26118.0 25036 25190.5 26118.5 25037 25191.0 26119.0 25038 25191.5 26119.5 25039 25192.0 26120.0 25040 25192.5 26120.5 25041 25193.0 25193.0 25042 25193.5 25193.5 25043 25194.0 25194.0 25044 25194.5 25194.5 25045 25195.0 25195.0 25046 25195.5 25195.5 25047 25196.0 25196.0 25048 25196.5 25196.5 25049 25197.0 25197.0 25050 25197.5 25197.5 25051 25198.0 25198.0 25052 25198.5 25198.5 25053 25199.0 25199.0 25054 25199.5 25199.5 25055 25200.0 25200.0 25056 25200.5 25200.5 25057 25201.0 25201.0 25058 25201.5 25201.5 25059 25202.0 25202.0 25060 25202.5 25202.5 25061 25203.0 25203.0 25062 25203.5 25203.5 25063 25204.0 25204.0 25064 25204.5 25204.5 25065 25205.0 25205.0 APPENDIX ITU Telex frequency table (1/4) AP-12 No. 4 MHz BAND TX RX No. 6 MHz BAND TX RX No. 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 7074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8 MHz BAND TX 8409.0 8409.5 8410.0 8410.5 8411.0 8411.5 8412.0 8412.5 8413.0 8413.5 8414.0 8414.5 8415.0 8415.5 8416.0 RX 8409.0 8409.5 8410.0 8410.5 8411.0 8411.5 8412.0 8412.5 8413.0 8413.5 8414.0 8414.5 8436.5 8437.0 8437.5 No. 12066 12067 12068 12069 12070 12071 12072 12073 12074 12075 12076 12077 12078 12079 12080 12081 12082 12083 12084 12085 12086 12087 12088 12089 12090 12091 12092 12093 12094 12095 12096 12097 12098 12099 12100 12101 12102 12103 12104 12105 12106 12107 12108 12109 12110 12111 12112 12113 12114 12115 12116 12117 12118 12119 12120 12121 12122 12123 12124 12125 12126 12127 12128 12129 12130 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12509.5 12612.0 12510.0 12612.5 12510.5 12613.0 12511.0 12613.5 12511.5 12614.0 12512.0 12614.5 12512.5 12615.0 12513.0 12615.5 12513.5 12616.0 12514.0 12616.5 12514.5 12617.0 12515.0 12617.5 12515.5 12618.0 12516.0 12618.5 12516.5 12619.0 12517.0 12619.5 12517.5 12620.0 12518.0 12620.5 12518.5 12621.0 12519.0 12621.5 12519.5 12622.0 12520.0 12520.0 12520.5 12622.5 12521.0 12623.0 12521.5 12623.5 12522.0 12624.0 12522.5 12624.5 12523.0 12625.0 12523.5 12625.5 12524.0 12626.0 12524.5 12626.5 12525.0 12627.0 12525.5 12627.5 12526.0 12628.0 12526.5 12628.5 12527.0 12629.0 12527.5 12629.5 12528.0 12630.0 12528.5 12630.5 12529.0 12631.0 12529.5 12631.5 12530.0 12632.0 12530.5 12632.5 12531.0 12633.0 12531.5 12633.5 12532.0 12634.0 12532.5 12634.5 12533.0 12635.0 12533.5 12635.5 12534.0 12636.0 12534.5 12636.5 12535.0 12637.0 12535.5 12637.5 12536.0 12638.0 12536.5 12638.5 12537.0 12639.0 12537.5 12639.5 12538.0 12640.0 12538.5 12640.5 12539.0 12641.0 12539.5 12641.5 12540.0 12642.0 12540.5 12642.5 12541.0 12643.0 12541.5 12643.5 No. 16066 16067 16068 16069 16070 16071 16072 16073 16074 16075 16076 16077 16078 16079 16080 16081 16082 16083 16084 16085 16086 16087 16088 16089 16090 16091 16092 16093 16094 16095 19096 16097 16098 16099 16100 16101 16102 16103 16104 16105 16106 16107 16108 16109 16110 16111 16112 16113 16114 16115 16116 16117 16118 16119 16120 16121 16122 16123 16124 16125 16126 16127 16128 16129 16130 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16716.0 16839.0 16716.5 16839.5 16717.0 16840.0 16717.5 16840.5 16718.0 16841.0 16718.5 16841.5 16719.0 16842.0 16719.5 16842.5 16720.0 16843.0 16720.5 16843.5 16721.0 16844.0 16721.5 16844.5 16722.0 16845.0 16722.5 16845.5 16723.0 16846.0 16723.5 16846.5 16724.0 16847.0 16724.5 16847.5 16725.0 16848.0 16725.5 16848.5 16726.0 16849.0 16726.5 16849.5 16727.0 16850.0 16727.5 16850.5 16728.0 16851.0 16728.5 16851.5 16729.0 16852.0 16729.5 16852.5 16730.0 16853.0 16730.5 16853.5 16731.0 16854.0 16731.5 16854.5 16732.0 16855.0 16732.5 16855.5 16733.0 16856.0 16733.5 16856.5 16739.0 16857.0 16739.5 16857.5 16740.0 16858.0 16740.5 16858.5 16741.0 16859.0 16741.5 16859.5 16742.0 16860.0 16742.5 16860.5 16743.0 16861.0 16743.5 16861.5 16744.0 16862.0 16744.5 16862.5 16745.0 16863.0 16745.5 16863.5 16746.0 16864.0 16746.5 16864.5 16747.0 16865.0 16747.5 16865.5 16748.0 16866.0 16748.5 16866.5 16749.0 16867.0 16749.5 16867.5 16750.0 16868.0 16750.5 16868.5 16751.0 16869.0 16751.5 16869.5 16752.0 16870.0 16752.5 16870.5 16753.0 16871.0 No. ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (2/4) 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX No. 22066 22067 22068 22069 22070 22071 22072 20073 22074 22075 22076 22077 22078 22079 22080 22081 22082 22083 22084 22085 22086 22087 22088 22089 22090 22091 22092 22093 22094 22095 22096 22097 22098 22099 22100 22101 22102 22103 22104 22105 22106 22107 22108 22109 22110 22111 22112 22113 22114 22115 22116 22117 22118 22119 22120 22121 22122 22123 22124 22125 22126 22127 22128 22129 22130 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22317.0 22409.0 22317.5 22490.5 22318.0 22410.0 22318.5 22410.5 22319.0 22411.0 22319.5 22411.5 22320.0 22412.0 22320.5 22412.5 22321.0 22413.0 22321.5 22413.5 22322.0 22414.0 22322.5 22414.5 22323.0 22415.0 22323.5 22415.5 22324.0 22416.0 22324.5 22416.5 22325.0 22417.0 22325.5 22417.5 22326.0 22418.0 22326.5 22418.5 22327.0 22419.0 22327.5 22419.5 22328.0 22420.0 22328.5 22420.5 22329.0 22421.0 22329.5 22421.5 22330.0 22422.0 22330.5 22422.5 22331.0 22423.0 22331.5 22423.5 22332.0 22424.0 22332.5 22424.5 22333.0 22425.0 22333.5 22425.5 22334.0 22426.0 22334.5 22426.5 22335.0 22427.0 22335.5 22427.5 22336.0 22428.0 22336.5 22428.5 22337.0 22429.0 22337.5 22429.5 22338.0 22430.0 22338.5 22430.5 22339.0 22431.0 22339.5 22431.5 22340.0 22432.0 22340.5 22432.5 22341.0 22433.0 22341.5 22433.5 22342.0 22434.0 22342.5 22434.5 22343.0 22435.0 22343.5 22435.5 22344.0 22436.0 22344.5 22436.5 22345.0 22437.0 22345.5 22437.5 22346.0 22438.0 22346.5 22438.5 22347.0 22439.0 22347.5 22439.5 22348.0 22440.0 22348.5 22440.5 22349.0 22441.0 25/26 MHz BAND No. TX RX 25066 25205.5 25205.5 25067 25206.0 25206.0 25068 25206.5 25206.5 25069 25207.0 25207.0 25070 25207.5 25207.5 25071 25208.0 25208.0 25072 25208.5 26121.0 25073 25209.0 26121.5 25074 25209.5 26122.0 APPENDIX ITU Telex frequency table (2/4) AP-13 No. 4 MHz BAND TX RX No. 6 MHz BAND TX RX No. 8 MHz BAND TX RX No. 12131 12132 12133 12134 12135 12136 12137 12138 12139 12140 12141 12142 12143 12144 12145 12146 12147 12148 12149 12150 12151 12152 12153 12154 12155 12156 12157 12158 12159 12160 12161 12162 12163 12164 12165 12166 12167 12168 12169 12170 12171 12172 12173 12174 12175 12176 12177 12178 12179 12180 12181 12182 12183 12184 12185 12186 12187 12188 12189 12190 12191 12192 12193 12194 12 MHz BAND TX RX 12542.0 12644.0 12542.5 12644.5 12543.0 12645.0 12543.5 12645.5 12544.0 12646.0 12544.5 12646.5 12545.0 12647.0 12545.5 12647.5 12546.0 12648.0 12546.5 12648.5 12547.0 12649.0 12547.5 12649.5 12548.0 12650.0 12548.5 12650.5 12549.0 12651.0 12549.5 12651.5 12555.0 12652.0 12555.5 12652.5 12556.0 12653.0 12556.5 12653.5 12557.0 12654.0 12557.5 12654.5 12558.0 12655.0 12558.5 12655.5 12559.0 12656.0 12559.5 12656.5 12560.0 12560.0 12560.5 12560.5 12561.0 12561.0 12561.5 12561.5 12562.0 12562.0 12562.5 12562.5 12563.0 12563.0 12563.5 12563.5 12564.0 12564.0 12564.5 12564.5 12565.0 12565.0 12565.5 12565.5 12566.0 12566.0 12566.5 12566.5 12567.0 12567.0 12567.5 12567.5 12568.0 12568.0 12568.5 12568.5 12569.0 12569.0 12569.5 12569.5 12570.0 12570.0 12570.5 12570.5 12571.0 12571.0 12571.5 12571.5 12572.0 12572.0 12572.5 12572.5 12573.0 12573.0 12573.5 12573.5 12574.0 12574.0 12574.5 12574.5 12575.0 12575.0 12575.5 12575.5 12576.0 12576.0 12576.5 12576.5 12577.0 12577.0 12577.5 12657.0 12578.0 12657.5 12578.5 12658.0 No. 16131 16132 16133 16134 16135 16136 16137 16138 16139 16140 16141 16142 16143 16144 16145 16146 16147 16148 16149 16150 16151 16152 16153 16154 16155 16156 16157 16158 16159 16160 16161 16162 16163 16164 16165 16166 16167 16168 16169 16170 16171 16172 16173 16174 16175 16176 16177 16178 16179 16180 16181 16182 16183 16184 16185 16186 16187 16188 16189 16190 16191 16192 16193 16194 16195 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16753.5 16871.5 16754.0 16872.0 16754.5 16872.5 16755.0 16873.0 16755.5 16873.5 16756.0 16874.0 16756.5 16874.5 16757.0 16875.0 16757.5 16875.5 16758.0 16876.0 16758.5 16876.5 16759.0 16877.0 16759.5 16877.5 16760.0 16878.0 16760.5 16878.5 16761.0 16879.0 16761.5 16879.5 16762.0 16880.0 16762.5 16880.5 16763.0 16881.0 16763.5 16881.5 16764.0 16882.0 16764.5 16882.5 16765.0 16883.0 16765.5 16883.5 16766.0 16884.0 16766.5 16884.5 16767.0 16885.0 16767.5 16885.5 16768.0 16886.0 16768.5 16886.5 16769.0 16887.0 16769.5 16887.5 16770.0 16888.0 16770.5 16888.5 16771.0 16889.0 16771.5 16889.5 16772.0 16890.0 16772.5 16890.5 16773.0 16891.0 16773.5 16891.5 16774.0 16892.0 16774.5 16892.5 16775.0 16893.0 16775.5 16893.5 16776.0 16894.0 16776.5 16894.5 16777.0 16895.0 16777.5 16895.5 16778.0 16896.0 16778.5 16896.5 16779.0 16897.0 16779.5 16897.5 16780.0 16898.0 16780.5 16898.5 16781.0 16899.0 16781.5 16899.5 16782.0 16900.0 16782.5 16900.5 16783.0 16901.0 16783.5 16901.5 16784.0 16902.0 16784.5 16902.5 16785.0 16785.0 16785.5 16785.5 No. ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (3/4) 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX No. 22131 22132 22133 22134 22135 22136 22137 22138 22139 22140 22141 22142 22143 22144 22145 22146 22147 22148 22149 22150 22151 22152 22153 22154 22155 22156 22157 22158 22159 22160 22161 22162 22163 22164 22165 22166 22167 22168 22169 22170 22171 22172 22173 22174 22175 22176 22177 22178 22179 22180 22181 22182 22183 22 MHz BAND TX RX 22349.5 22441.5 22350.0 22442.0 22350.5 22442.5 22351.0 22443.0 22351.5 22443.5 22352.0 22352.0 22352.5 22352.5 22353.0 22353.0 22353.5 22353.5 22354.0 22354.0 22354.5 22354.5 22355.0 22355.0 22355.5 22355.5 22356.0 22356.0 22356.5 22356.5 22357.0 22357.0 22357.5 22357.5 22358.0 22358.0 22358.5 22358.5 22359.0 22359.0 22359.5 22359.5 22360.0 22360.0 22360.5 22360.5 22361.0 22361.0 22361.5 22361.5 22362.0 22362.0 22362.5 22362.5 22363.0 22363.0 22363.5 22363.5 22364.0 22364.0 22364.5 22364.5 22365.0 22365.0 22365.5 22365.5 22366.0 22366.0 22366.5 22366.5 22367.0 22367.0 22367.5 22367.5 22368.0 22368.0 22368.5 22368.5 22369.0 22369.0 22369.5 22369.5 22370.0 22370.0 22370.5 22370.5 22371.0 22371.0 22371.5 22371.5 22372.0 22372.0 22372.5 22372.5 22373.0 22373.0 22373.5 22373.5 22374.0 22374.0 22374.5 22444.0 22375.0 22444.5 22375.5 22445.0 No. 25/26 MHz BAND TX RX APPENDIX ITU Telex frequency table (3/4) AP-14 No. 4 MHz BAND TX RX No. 6 MHz BAND TX RX No. 8 MHz BAND TX RX No. 12 MHz BAND TX RX No. 16196 16197 16198 16199 16200 16201 16202 16203 16204 16205 16206 16207 16208 16209 16210 16211 16212 16213 16214 16215 16216 16217 16218 16219 19220 16221 16222 16223 16224 16225 16226 16227 16228 16229 16230 16231 16232 16233 16234 16235 16236 16 MHz BAND TX RX 16786.0 16786.0 16786.5 16786.5 16787.0 16787.0 16787.5 16787.5 16788.0 16788.0 16788.5 16788.5 16789.0 16789.0 16789.5 16789.5 16790.0 16790.0 16790.5 16790.5 16791.0 16791.0 16791.5 16791.5 16792.0 16792.0 16792.5 16792.5 16793.0 16793.0 16793.5 16793.5 16794.0 16794.0 16794.5 16794.5 16795.0 16795.0 16795.5 16795.5 16796.0 16796.0 16796.5 16796.5 16797.0 16797.0 16797.5 16797.5 16798.0 16798.0 16798.5 16798.5 16799.0 16799.0 16799.5 16799.5 16800.0 16800.0 16800.5 16800.5 16801.0 16801.0 16801.5 16801.5 16802.0 16802.0 16802.5 16802.5 16803.0 16803.0 16803.5 16803.5 16804.0 16804.0 16804.5 16804.5 16805.0 16903.0 16805.5 16903.5 16806.0 16904.0 No. ITU TELEX FREQUENCY TABLE (4/4) 18/19 MHz BAND TX RX No. 22 MHz BAND TX RX No. 25/26 MHz BAND TX RX APPENDIX ITU Telex frequency table (4/4) AP-15 APPENDIX Telex Abbreviations Abbreviation ADV ACK AGN BI (GS) BK CFM COL CRV DER DWN EEE FM GA MNS MOM MUTI NA NC NCH NP NR OCC OK P (or 0) PLS (PSE) PPR R (RCD) RAP RD RE RPT SRY SVP TAX TEST MSG THRU TKS (TNX) TLX AP-16 Meaning Advise Acknowledge Again Good bye I cut off. Confirm Collation How do you receive? Out of order Down Error From Go ahead. Minutes Wait (Waiting) Mutilated Correspondence to this subscriber is not admitted. No circuits Subscriber's number has been changed. The called party is not or no longer is a subscriber. Indicate your call number. Subscriber is engaged. Agreed. Stop your transmission. Please Paper Received I will call you again. Read Referrring to Repeat Sorry Please What is the charge? Please send a test message? You are in communication with telex position Thanks Telex APPENDIX Digital Interface (IEC 61162-1) I/O Sentences Input sentences (IEC 61162-1) GNS, RMC, GLL, GGA, ZDA Input sentence description GGA – Global positioning system(GPS) fix data $--GGA,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x,xx,x.x,x.x,M,x.x,M,x.x,xxxx*hh| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +-- 11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | +---- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | | +--------- 9 | | | | | | | | | | +---+------------ 8 | | | | | | | | +---+------------------ 7 | | | | | | | +------------------------- 6 | | | | | | +---------------------------- 5 | | | | | +------------------------------- 4 | | | +----+--------------------------------- 3 | +---+--------------------------------------------- 2 +------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1. UTC of position 2. Latitude, N/S 3. Longitude, E/W 4. GPS quality indicator 5. Number of satllite in use,00-12, may be different from the number in view 6. Horizontal dilution of precision 7. Antenna altitude above/below mean sealevel, m 8. Geoidal separation, m 9. Age of differential GPS data 10. Differential reference station ID, 0000-1023 11. Checksum AP-17 APPENDIX GLL – Geographic position – latitude/longitude $--GLL,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,hhmmss.ss,A,a*hh | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +------- 6 | | | | | | +--------- 5 | | | | | +----------- 4 | | | | +---------------- 3 | | +------+----------------------- 2 +---+----------------------------------- 1 1. Latitude, N/S 2. Longitude, E/W 3. UTC of position 4. Status: A=data valid, V=data invalid 5. Mode indicator(see note) 6. Checksum NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator: A = Autonomous D = Differential E = Estimated (dead reckoning) M = Manual input S = Simulator N = Data not valid The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not be null fields. ZDA – Time and date $--ZDA,hhmmss.ss,xx,xx,xxxx,xx,xx*hh | | | | | | | | | | | | | +--------- 7 | | | | | +----------- 6 | | | | +-------------- 5 | | | +------------------ 4 | | +---------------------- 3 | +------------------------- 2 +--------------------------------- 1 1. UTC 2. Day, 01 to 31(UTC) 3. Month, 01 to 12(UTC) 4. Year(UTC) 5. Local zone hours, 00h to +-13h 6. Local zone minutes, 00 to +59 as local hours 7. Checksum AP-18 APPENDIX GNS – GNSS fix data $--GNS,hhmmss.ss,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,c--c,xx,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x,x.x*hh | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +--- 11 | | | | | | | | | | | +------ 10 | | | | | | | | | | +---------- 9 | | | | | | | | | +-------------- 8 | | | | | | | | +------------------ 7 | | | | | | | +---------------------- 6 | | | | | | +------------------------- 5 | | | | | +------------------------------ 4 | | | +-----+--------------------------------- 3 | +-----+--------------------------------------------- 2 +------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1. UTC of position 2. Latitude, N/S 3. Longitude, E/W 4. Mode indicator 5. Total number of satllite in use,00-99 6. HDOP 7. Antenna altitude, metres, re:mean-sea-level(geoid) 8. Geoidal separation 9. Age of differential data 10. Differential reference station ID 11. Checksum AP-19 APPENDIX RMC – Recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data $--RMC,hhmmss.ss,A,llll.lll,a,yyyyy.yyy,a,x.x,x.x,xxxxxx,x.x,a,a*hh | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | +--- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | +----- 9 | | | | | | | | | +--+------- 8 | | | | | | | | +--------------- 7 | | | | | | | +--------------------- 6 | | | | | | +------------------------- 5 | | | | +---+---------------------------- 4 | | +---+---------------------------------------- 3 | +--------------------------------------------------- 2 +---------------------------------------------------------- 1 1. UTC of position fix 2. Status: A=data valid, V=navigation receiver warning 3. Latitude, N/S 4. Longitude, E/W 5. Speed over ground, knots 6. Course over ground, degrees true 7. Date: dd/mm/yy 8. Magnetic variation, degrees E/W 9. Mode indicator(see note) 10. Checksum NOTE Positioning system Mode indicator: A = Autonomous D = Differential E = Estimated (dead reckoning) M = Manual input S = Simulator N = Data not valid The Mode indicator field supplements the Status field. The Status field shall be set to V=invalid for all values of Operating Mode except for A=Autonomous and D=Differential. The positioning system Mode indicator and Status field shall not be null fields. AP-20 APPENDIX Schematic diagram T-IF BOARD MOTHER BOARD T-CPU BOARD 05P0759 05P0757 05P0732A OPEN: IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183) S2 SHORT: CIF IEC 61162-1 TB6 R58 10 RD3_A 24 R59 10 RD3_B 25 J3 P201 < 41 < .. . < 42 < P301 .. > 41 . > 42 J1 > > R60 330 R59 CR11 1 100 1SS355 3 U18 PC-400 4 5 C29 C28 100P 100P Load requirements as a listener Isolation: Optocoupler Input impedance: 450Ω Max. voltage: ±15 V Threshold: 4 mA AP-21 APPENDIX Parts List This equipment contains complex modules in which fault diagnosis and repair down to component level are not practical (IMO A.694(17)/8.3.1). Only some discrete components are used. FURUNO Electric Co., Ltd. Believes identifying these components is of no value for shipboard maintenance; therefore, they are not listed in this manual. Major modules can be located on the parts location photos on pages AP-26 thru AP-30. Transceiver unit FS-1570T FURUNO Model Unit FS-1570T TRANSCEIVER UNIT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Aug-02 Blk.No. SYMBOL TYPE B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B13 B14 B17 AP-22 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0731, T-I/F 05P0732B, T-CPU 05P0733, TX/RX 05P0734A, W/R 05P0735, PA 05P0736, TX-FIL 05P0737A, SW-REG 05P0742, MB 05P0746, PRESEL 05P0747, REF OSC 05P0751B, DSP (DSC) 05P0751A, DSP (NBDP) 05P0744, RELAY CODE No. 005-963-050 001-033-810 005-963-090 001-005-370 005-963-130 005-963-150 001-005-390 005-963-210 005-963-250 005-963-270 001-010-380 005-963-310 005-963-230 REMARKS SHIPPABLE ASSEMBLY X X X X X X X X X X X X X APPENDIX Transceiver unit FS-2570T FURUNO Model Unit FS-2570T TRANSCEIVER UNIT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Aug-02 Blk.No. SYMBOL TYPE B2 B3 B4 B5, B18 B6, B17 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0731, T-I/F 05P0732B, T-CPU 05P0733, TX/RX 05P0734A, W/R 05P0739A, PA 05P0736A, TX-FIL 05P0737A, SW-REG 05P0743, MB 05P0746, PRESEL 05P0747, REF OSC 05P0744, RELAY 05P0751B, DSP (DSC) 05P0751A, DSP (NBDP) 05P0738, DRV 05P0740, COMB CODE No. 005-963-050 001-033-810 005-963-090 001-005-370 005-956-570 005-963-170 001-005-390 005-516-340 005-963-250 005-963-270 005-963-230 001-010-380 005-963-310 005-516-280 005-516-320 REMARKS SHIPPABLE ASSEMBLY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X AP-23 APPENDIX Control unit FS-2571C FURUNO Model Unit FS-2571C CONTROL UNIT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Blk.No. SYMBOL TYPE B2 B3 B4 AP-24 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 05P0810, PANEL 05P0811A, C-CPU 05P0812A, C-IF CODE No. 001-031-390 001-033-850 001-033-900 REMARKS SHIPPABLE ASSEMBLY X X X APPENDIX Control unit FS-5070T FURUNO Model Unit FS-5070T TRANSCEIVER UNIT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Blk.No. SYMBOL TYPE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD B2 05P0757, T-I/F B3 05P0732B, T-CPU B5 05P0733, TX/RX B6, B26 05P0734A, W/R B17 to 20 05P0739A, PA B13 05P0741, TX-FIL B12 05P0737A, SW-REG B8 05P0759, MB B10, 11 B25 B9 B14 B21, 22 B4 B7 B15 B16 B24 05P0744, RELAY 05P0751A, DSP (DSC) 05P0751B, DSP (NBDP) 05P0738A, DRV 05P0740, COMB 05P0760, TX 05P0762, RX-FIL 05P0764, PWR 05P0765, DIV 05P0758, TB CODE No. 001-031-480 001-033-810 005-963-090 001-005-370 005-956-570 001-031-570 001-035-390 005-966-060 005-963-310 001-010-380 005-963-310 005-966-210 005-516-320 005-031-510 005-031-540 005-966-020 005-966-030 005-966-050 REMARKS SHIPPABLE ASSEMBLY X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X AP-25 APPENDIX Parts Location FS-1570T 05P0744 RELAY Board 05P0737A SW-REG Board 05P0746 PRESEL Board 05P0733 TX/RX Board 05P0734A W/R Board 05P0747 REF OSC Board 05P0742 MB Board (underneath) 05P0736 TX FIL Board AP-26 05P0735 PA Board 05P0731 05P0751A T-I/F Board DSP Board (for NBDP) 05P0751B DSP Board 05P0732B T-CPU Board APPENDIX Transceiver unit FS-2570T 05P0738 DRV 05P0739A PA 05P0737A SW-REG 05P0734A 05P0739A W/R (option) PA 05P0734A 05P0744 W/R RELAY 05P0747 REF OSC 05P0743 M-B (behind) 05P0746 05P0736A PRESEL TX FIL 05P0740 COMB 05P0733 TX/RX 05P0731 05P0751A T-I/F DSP 05P0732B 05P0751B (NBDP) T-CPU DSP (DSC) AP-27 APPENDIX Transceiver unit FS-5070T (1) 05P0741 TX-FIL Board (Inside) 05P0737A SW-REG Board 05P0744 RELAY Board AP-28 APPENDIX Transceiver unit FS-5070T (2) 05P0740 COMB Board (Inside) COMB 05P0739A PA Board 05P0762 RX-FIL Board 05P0734A W/R Board 05P0733 TX-RX Board 05P0760 TX Board 05P0732B T-CPU Board (Inside) 05P0764 PWR Board 05P0738A DRV Board 05P0765 DIV Board 05P0759 MB Board (underneath) 05P0751A 05P0751B DSP Board DSP Board (DSC) (NBDP) (Upper) 05P0758 TB Board, (Lower) 05P0757 T-I/F Board AP-29 APPENDIX Control unit FS-2571C 05P0810 PANEL Board 05P0811A C-CPU Board 05P0812A C-IF Board AP-30 FURUNO FS-1570/2570/5070 SPECIFICATIONS OF SSB RADIOTELEPHONE FS-1570/2570/5070 1 MF/HF DIGITAL RADIOTELEPHONE 1.1 GENERAL 1.1.1 Communication system Full-duplex*1, semi-duplex or simplex 1.1.2 Class of emission J3E: Telephone J2B (F1B): DSC and NBDP H3E: reception only 1.1.3 Frequency range 100.00 kHz to 29,999.99 kHz 1.1.4 Number of channel User programmable: 256 TX/RX pairs All ITU channels incorporated (include DSC/NBDP channel) 2182 kHz (single action) 1.1.5 Display method Monochrome LCD (180 x 96 dots) 1.1.6 Backlight 8 tones 1.1.7 Contrast 64 steps 1.1.8 Warming up 1 minute approx. (oven 20 minutes approx.) 1 * : Operating frequency should not be higher than 22 MHz for full-duplex communication, FS-5070 only 1.2 TRANSMITTER 1.2.1 Frequency range 1.2.2 RF output power 1,606.5 kHz to 26.175 MHz (100 Hz step) FS-1570: 1.6 kHz-4 MHz: 75/100 Wpep (J3E, J2B (F1B)) 4.0-26.175 MHz, 150 Wpep (J3E, J2B (F1B)) FS-2570: 1.6-4.00 MHz, 75/100/200 Wpep (J3E, J2B (F1B))Wpep FS-5070: 1.6-4.0 MHz, 400 Wpep, 4kHz-26.175 MHz: 500 Wpep*2 1.2.3 Frequency error Within ±10 Hz 1.2.4 Modulation AF response 1.2.5 Modulation system Low power balanced modulation 1.2.6 AF Input -46 dBm/600 ohm (Handset/Microphone) 1.2.7 Line in 0 dBm/600 ohm 350 Hz to 2.7 kHz (SSB) 2 * : RF output power should be restricted to 400W on NBDP. 1.3 RECEIVER 1.3.1 Receiving system Double-conversion superheterodyne 1.3.2 Frequency range 100 kHz-29,999.99 kHz (10 Hz step) SP - 1 E5656S01A-M 080414 FURUNO 1.3.3 Sensitivity FS-1570/2570/5070 Input level at 10 ohm+250 pF (below 4 MHz) and 50 ohm (above 4MHz) to produce SINAD 20 dB Frequency Range J3E/H3E 100 kHz to 300 kHz 35 dBµV 300 kHz to 1.6 MHz 25 dBµV 1.6 MHz to 4.0 MHz 13 dBµV 4.0 MHz to 30 MHz 7 dBµV 1.4 Intermediate frequency 1st: 72,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz 1.5 Selectivity J3E: 2.4kHz at -6dB, H3E: 6kHz at -6dB, J2B (F1B): 300Hz at –6dB 1.6 Inter-modulation Better than 80 dBµV 1.7 Spurious response Better than 70 dB 1.8 AGC SLOW/FAST/OFF 1.9 BFO frequency Telex/DSC: 1,700 Hz, Facsimile: 1,900 Hz 1.10 Audio output power FS-1570/2570: Internal speaker: 3W/8 ohm External speaker: 4W/4 ohm FS-5070: Internal speaker: 1W/8 ohm External speaker: 3W/4 ohm Handset: 2.5mW/150 ohm, Line output: 0 dBm/600 ohm 1.11 Standard features Noise Blanker, Voice-activated squelch, Pre-selector 2 DSC/WATCH KEEPING RECEIVER 2.1 DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING 2.1.1 Frequency shift Space: 1785.0 ± 0.5 Hz, Mark: 1615.0 ± 0.5 Hz 2.1.2 Baud rate 100 bps ± 30 x 10-6 2.1.3 Protocol FS-1570/2570: ITU-R Rec.M493-10, M541-8, M1082-1 FS-5070: ITU-R Rec.493-11, 541-9 2.1.4 Modulation AFSK 2.1.5 Distress alarm 3.5 s to 4.5 s self-repetition 2.1.6 Distress alarm memory 2.2 2.2.1 50 messages DSC/WATCH RECEIVER (FS-1570/2570) Frequency range DISTRESS 2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz ROUTINE 2187.5 kHz 2.2.2 Class of emission F1B, J2B 2.2.3 Antenna impedance 50 ohm 2.2.4 Local oscillator 1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz 2.2.5 Frequency stability ±10 Hz 2.2.6 Intermediate frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz SP - 2 E5656S01A-M 080414 FURUNO 2.2.7 Selectivity FS-1570/2570/5070 -6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within ± 380 Hz, -60 dB: within ± 550 Hz 2.2.8 Receiving system Double-conversion superheterodyne 2.2.9 Radiation within 4 nW 2.2.10 RX error rate 1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage 2.2.11 Spurious response 31.6mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage, at error rate within 1% 2.2.12 Scanning reception max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF) 2.2.13 Diagnosis Transmit high frequency signal of DSC 2.3 2.3.1 DSC/WATCH RECEIVER (FS-5070) Frequency range DISTRESS 2187.5/ 8414.5 and 4207.5/ 6312/12577/16804.5 kHz ROUTINE 1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz 2.3.2 Class of emission F1B, J2B 2.3.3 Antenna impedance 50 ohm 2.3.4 Local oscillator 1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz 2.3.5 Frequency stability ±10 Hz 2.3.6 Intermediate frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz 2.3.7 Selectivity -6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within ± 380 Hz, -60 dB: within ± 550 Hz 2.3.8 Receiving system Double-conversion superheterodyne 2.3.9 Radiation within 2 nW 2.3.10 RX error rate 1 % or less at 1 µV input voltage 2.3.11 Spurious response 31.6mV non-modulated at 10µV input voltage, at error rate within 1% 2.3.12 Scanning reception max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF) 2.3.13 Diagnosis Transmit high frequency signal of DSC 2.4 GENERAL Watch KEEPING receiver (FS-2570, option) 2.4.1 Frequency Range 1,606.5 kHz to 27.5 MHz 2.4.2 Class of Emission J2B, F1B 2.4.3 Antenna Impedance 50 ohms 2.4.4 Local Oscillator 1st: F+54,455 kHz, 2nd: 54,000 kHz, 3rd: 456.7 kHz 2.4.5 Frequency Stability within ±10 Hz 2.4.6 Intermediate Frequency 1st: 54,455 kHz, 2nd: 455 kHz 2.4.7 Selectivity -6 dB: 270 Hz to 300 Hz, -30 dB: within ± 380 Hz, SP - 3 E5656S01A-M 080414 FURUNO FS-1570/2570/5070 -60 dB: within ±550 Hz 2.4.8 Receiving System Double-conversion superheterodyne 2.4.9 Radiation within 2 nW 2.4.10 RX Error Rate 1 % or less at 1 μV input voltage 2.4.11 Spurious Response 31.6 mV non-modulated at 10μV input voltage, at error rate within 1% 2.4.12 Scanning Reception max. 6 frequencies within 2 s (MF/HF) 2.4.13 Diagnosis Transmit high frequency signal of DSC 3 NBDP FUNCTION (OPTION) 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Communication mode ARQ, FEC, DIRC (FSK) 3.1.2 Protocol ITU-R M625-3, M476-5, M490, M491-1, M492-6 ID code 4, 5, 9 column Line cord 4B/3Y (Intl.) Modulation AFSK Tone frequency 1615/1785Hz ± 0.5 Hz (mark/space) Tracking range ±80 Hz 3.1.3 3.2 Applications Auto-reception Setting timer and frequency (max. 10 settings available) Frequency scanning 10 group max., 20 station as each group User-channels 100 channels max. TERMINAL UNIT IB-581 (FS-1570/2570) 3.2.1 Display 9.5” monochrome LCD, 680 x 480 dots 3.2.2 CPU ALI M6117 (33 MHz) 3.2.3 Memory Flash ROM 2 MB, DRAM 2 MB 3.2.4 FD Drive 1.44MB 3.5” 3.2.5 Keyboard 82 keys, IBM PS/2 3.3 TERMINAL UNIT IB-583 3.3.1 Display 10.4” color TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots 3.3.2 CPU HD6417615 (15.5 MHz) 3.3.3 Memory Flash ROM: 1 MB, S-RAM: 256 KB 3.3.4 FD drive 1.44MB 3.5” 3.3.5 Keyboard 82 keys, IBM PS/2 3.3.6 Other functions Text editor, FD control, Printer, Remote control for Transceiver, Diagnosis SP - 4 E5656S01A-M 080414 FURUNO 4 FS-1570/2570/5070 ANTENNA COUPLER (FS-1570/2570) 4.1 Tuning System CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system 4.2 Frequency Range 1.6 MHz to 27.5Hz 4.3 Input Impedance 50 ohms 4.4 Antenna 7m to 18m wire or whip antenna 4.5 Power Capability 150 W (FS-1570), 250 W (FS-2570) 4.6 VSWR 1.5 max 4.7 Tuning Speed Within 15 s 4.8 Dummy Load FS-1570: 10 ohms+250 pF/100W FS-2570: 10 ohms+250 pF/200W 5 ANTENNA COUPLER (FS-5070) 5.1 Tuning system CPU controlled fully automatic tuning system 5.2 Frequency range 1.6MHz to 29.9 MHz 5.3 Input impedance 50 ohm (viewed from transceiver) 5.4 Antenna 10 m to 18 m wire or whip antenna + wire 5.5 Pre-tuning power 10 W 5.6 VSWR less than 1.5 5.7 Tuning time 0.2 to 2 seconds typical (within 2 to 15 seconds) 5.8 Antenna BK relay Internal, optional supply 6 INTERFACE 6.1 Input data sentences IEC 61162-1 (NMEA 0183-3) Ship’s Position (L/L) GGA>RMC>GLL Time ZDA 7 POWER SUPPLY 7.1 Transceiver/control unit FS-1570: 24 VDC, 0.8 A, max. 20A (TX) FS-2570: 24 VDC, 1.5 A, max. 35A (TX) FS-5070: 24 VDC, 3 A (RX), max. 35 A (TX) 7.2 Terminal unit IB-581: 24VDC, 0.8 A IB-583: 24 VDC: 0.6 A 7.3 Printer (PP-510) 7.4 AC/DC power supply unit 8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 8.1 Ambient temperature 8.2 24 VDC: 1.5 A 100/110/115/220/230 VAC, 1Ø, 50/60Hz Indoor units -15°C to +55°C Antenna coupler -25°C to +55°C Relative humidity 93% or less at 40°C SP - 5 E5656S01A-M 080414 FURUNO 8.3 FS-1570/2570/5070 Degree of protection Control unit IPX2 (panel), IPX0 (chassis) Transceiver/terminal unit IPX0 8.4 Antenna coupler IPX5 (FS-1570/2570), IPX6 (FS-5070) Bearing vibration 2 Hz-5Hz to 13.2 Hz: Amplitude: ±1 mm±10% 13.2 Hz to 100 Hz: Max. acceleration 7m/s2, fixed 9 COATING COLOR 9.1 Control/terminal unit N3.0 (panel), 2.5GY5/1.5 (chassis) 9.2 Transceiver unit 2.5GY5/1.5 9.3 Antenna coupler N9.5 (white) SP - 6 E5656S01A-M 080414 INDEX 1/ RT/2182 key ............................................1-2 2/DSC key ...................................................1-1 4/Intcom key ................................................1-6 7/ key.......................................................1-4 8/PRINT key ..............................................6-19 9/ key .....................................................1-2 Channel selection ........................................2-2 Contrast .......................................................1-4 Control description.......................................1-1 Dimmer ........................................................1-4 Distress alert receiving on either VHF channel 70 or MF channel 2187.5 ........................................4-7 receiving on HF band ............................4-10 sending ....................................................4-2 Distress relay on behalf of other ship, to area ships ....4-18 on behalf of other ship, to coast station 4-14 receiving ................................................4-21 to coast station on HF band ..................4-10 DSC frequency table ................................AP-3 Error messages .........................................11-4 Frequency selection ....................................2-3 Geographical area call receiving ................................................5-18 sending ..................................................5-16 Group call receiving ................................................5-14 sending ..................................................5-12 IA .................................................................2-4 IC .................................................................2-4 Individual call manual acknowledge...............................5-9 Intercom.......................................................1-6 Key Assignment.........................................6-22 Log file description .............................................5-36 opening ..................................................5-36 LOG/TUNE key..........................................5-36 Medical transport call receiving ................................................5-23 sending ..................................................5-21 Menu tree .................................................AP-1 NBDP Terminal Unit answerback code registration ................. 8-1 communications buffer........................ 10-10 edit menu [F2] ......................................... 7-7 file deleting .............................................. 9-8 file editing ................................................ 9-3 file menu [F1] .......................................... 7-6 file opening.............................................. 9-7 file renaming............................................ 9-7 file saving ................................................ 9-2 file saving under new name .................... 9-8 ID code registration................................. 8-2 macrofiles............................................ 10-10 manual calling ....................................... 10-1 menu overview ........................................ 7-4 operate menu [F3]................................... 7-8 printing..................................................... 9-8 scan channel group editing, deleting ...... 8-8 scan channel group registration.............. 8-7 station editing, deleting ........................... 8-4 station menu [F5] .................................. 7-10 station registration................................... 8-3 system menu [F6].................................. 7-11 timer program editing, deleting ............... 8-6 timer program registration....................... 8-5 user channel registration......................... 8-6 window menu [F4]................................... 7-9 NBDP Terminal Unit ARQ mode ............................................ 10-3 FEC mode ............................................. 10-5 general test ........................................... 11-8 receive mode......................................... 10-5 scanning................................................ 10-9 terminal unit............................................. 7-1 timer operation ...................................... 10-8 tone test ................................................ 11-9 Neutral craft call receiving................................................ 5-20 sending.................................................. 5-19 Polling call receiving................................................ 5-24 Position call other ship requests your position.......... 5-28 POWER knob.............................................. 1-2 IN-1 AP-1 Print out menu ...........................................6-19 PSTN call charge information.................................5-35 receiving ................................................5-33 sending ..................................................5-30 RF ................................................................2-4 Scan frequency setup................................6-21 Send message call test call...................................................6-10 Send message files group call .................................................6-8 individual call ...........................................6-4 IIN-2 printing .................................................. 6-12 PSTN call ................................................ 6-9 Test call ..................................................... 11-6 Transmitter power ....................................... 2-4 Troubleshooting ........................................ 11-3 Tuning ......................................................... 2-3 USER CH menu.......................................... 2-8 User channels deleting.................................................... 6-4 registering ............................................... 6-2 VC ............................................................... 2-4 9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200 www.furuno.co.jp Publication No. DOC-1027 Declaration of Conformity 0560 We FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer) 9-52 Ashihara-Cho, Nishinomiya City, 662-8580, Hyogo, Japan ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Address) declare under our sole responsibility that the product MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone Type FS-1570 consisting of Control unit FS-2570C/FS-2571C, Transceiver unit FS1570T, Handset/Bracket HS-2001/HS-2003/HCS701K-B20, Antenna coupler AT-1560-15, Incoming call indicator IC-303DSC, Telex distress alert button IC-302-DSC, Alarm unit IC-350, NBDP-controller monochrome display IB-581, NBDPcontroller color display IB-582/IB-583, Printer PP-510, Printer switch box IF-8500, Distress message controller DMC-5, 2.6 m active whip antenna for WKR FAX-5, External loudspeaker SEM-21Q and AC power supply PR-300/PR-850A ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number) to which this declaration relates conforms to the following standard(s) or normative document(s) Standards Test standards IMO Resolutions MSC.36(63), A.694(17) ETS 300 338: 1995-11, ETS 300 373: 1995-08, IMO Resolutions MSC.68(68), A.806(19) ETS 300 067 A1: 1998-11, EN 301 033 V1.1.1: 1998-08 IMO MSC Circular MSC/Circ.862 EN 60945: 1997-01, EN 61162-1: 2000-07 ITU-R Recommendations M.1173, M.1082-1, M.821-1, M.493-10, M.493-11, M.493-12, M.541-8, M.541-9, M.476-5, M491-1. M.492-6, M.625-3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(title and/or number and date of issue of the standard(s) or other normative document(s)) For assessment, see • EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 02212010/AA/04 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test report 98752230, 98752232 and 98752234 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002, FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech International Co., Ltd. This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC. On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd. Nishinomiya City, Japan July 9.2008 ------------------------------------------------------ Hiroaki Komatsu Manager, International Rules and Regulations ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Place and date of issue) (name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person) 9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200 www.furuno.co.jp Publication No. DOC-1028 Declaration of Conformity 0560 We FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer) 9-52 Ashihara-Cho, Nishinomiya City, 662-8580, Hyogo, Japan ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Address) declare under our sole responsibility that the product MF/HF SSB Radiotelephone Type FS-2570 consisting of Control unit FS-2570C/FS-2571C, Transceiver unit FS2570T, Handset/Bracket HS-2001/HS-2003/HCS701K-B20, Antenna coupler AT-1560-25, Incoming call indicator IC-303DSC, Telex distress alert button IC-302-DSC, Alarm unit IC-350, NBDP-controller monochrome display IB-581, NBDPcontroller color display IB-582/583, Printer PP-510, Printer switch box IF-8500, Distress message controller DMC-5, 2.6 m active whip antenna for WKR FAX-5, External loudspeaker SEM-21Q and AC power supply PR-850A ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number) to which this declaration relates conforms to the following standard(s) or normative document(s) Standards Test standards IMO Resolutions MSC.36(63), A.694(17) ETS 300 338: 1995-11, ETS 300 373: 1995-08, IMO Resolutions MSC.68(68), A.806(19) ETS 300 067 A1: 1998-11, EN 301 033 V1.1.1: 1998-08 IMO MSC Circular MSC/Circ.862 EN 60945: 1997-01, EN 61162-1: 2000-07 ITU-R Recommendations M.1173, M.1082-1, M.821-1, M.493-10, M.493-11, M.493-12, M.541-8, M.541-9, M.476-5, M491-1. M.492-6, M.625-3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(title and/or number and date of issue of the standard(s) or other normative document(s)) For assessment, see • EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 02212010/AA/04 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test report 98752231, 98752233 and 98752235 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002 and FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech International Co., Ltd. This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC. On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd. Nishinomiya City, Japan July 9, 2008 -----------------------------------------------------(Place and date of issue) Hiroaki Komatsu Manager, International Rules and Regulations ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------(name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person) 9-52 Ashihara-cho, Nishinomiya, 662-8580, Japan Tel: +81 (798) 65-2111 Fax: +81 (798) 65-4200 www.furuno.co.jp Publication N o.D O C -1029 Declaration of Conformity 0560 We FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Manufacturer) 9-52 Ashihara-Cho, Nishinomiya City, 662-8580, Hyogo, Japan ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Address) declare under our sole responsibility that the product H F/M F SSB R adiotelephone w ith integrated D SC and N BD P Type:FS-5070 consisting ofTransceiver unit FS-5070T,C ontrolunitFS-2571C ,Antenna couplerAT-5000,H andset/BracketH S-2003,D istress alertunitIC 302-D SC ,R eceiving callunitIC -303-D SC ,Alarm unitIC -350,Term inalunitIB-583,Keyboard BTC -5100C , Interface IF-8500,Pre-am plifierFAX-5,ExternalloudspeakerSEM 21Q ,BK interface BK-300,PrinterPP-510, AC pow ersupply PR -850A and Pow erstatus m onitorPSM -01 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(Model name, type number) to which this declaration relates conforms to the following standard(s) or normative document(s) Standards IMO Resolutions MSC.36(63), A.694(17) IMO Resolutions MSC.68(68), A.806(19) IMO MSC Circular MSC/Circ.862 Test standards EN 300 338 V1.2.1: 1999-04, EN 300 373-1 V1.2.1: 2002-10 ETS 300 067: 1990-11, ETS 300 067/A1: 1993-11 EN 301 033 V1.1.1: 1998-08 EN 60945: 2002-10, EN 61162-1: 2000-07 ITU-R Recommendations M.1173, M.1082-1, M.821-1, M.493-10, M.493-11, M.493-12, M.541-8, M.541-9, M.476-5, M491-1. M.492-6, M.625-3 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(title and/or number and date of issue of the standard(s) or other normative document(s)) For assessment, see • EC type-examination (Module B) certificate No: 06212004/AA/01 of 02 July 2008 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Product Quality System (Module D) certificate No. P 112 of 20 May 2005 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test report 98752231, 98752233 and 98752235 of 17 June 2002 issued by Telefication, The Netherlands • Test reports FLI 12-02-019 of 20 May 2002 and FLI 12-02-036 of 30 August 2002, FLI 12-08-014/Rev.A/FLI 12-08024/Rev.A of 11 June 2008 and FLI 12-08-028/FLI 12-08-030 of 30 June 2008 issued by Furuno Labotech International Co., Ltd. This declaration is issued according to the provisions of European Council Directive 96/98/EC on marine equipment modified by Commission Directive 2002/75/EC. On behalf of Furuno Electric Co., Ltd. Nishinomiya City, Japan July 9, 2008 ------------------------------------------------------ Hiroaki Komatsu Manager, International Rules and Regulations ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Place and date of issue) (name and signature or equivalent marking of authorized person)
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows) Modify Date : 2009:07:10 17:24:40+09:00 Create Date : 2008:03:18 16:35:09+09:00 Metadata Date : 2009:07:10 17:24:40+09:00 Document ID : uuid:1251cfa1-32b8-4098-bb3e-23b66198cf8a Instance ID : uuid:b4f379b2-9a9e-4251-9dd0-d7427c6a7776 Format : application/pdf Title : untitled Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 219EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools